UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x                               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

OR

o                                  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                       to                     

Commission File Number 0-24206

Penn National Gaming, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania

23-2234473

(State or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Wyomissing Professional Center
825 Berkshire Blvd., Suite 200
Wyomissing, Pennsylvania

19610
(Zip Code)

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 373-2400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each
exchange on which registered

 

None

 

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o   No x

As of June 30, 2006 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $2.8 billion. Such aggregate market value was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on June 30, 2006. For purposes of making this calculation only, the registrant has defined affiliates as including all directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than ten percent of the Common Stock of the Company.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 14, 2007 was 85,388,598.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2007 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

PART I

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

 

1

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

14

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

22

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

 

22

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

24

ITEM 4.

 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

25

 

 

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

 

26

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

27

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

29

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

50

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

51

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

87

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

87

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

90

 

 

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

90

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

90

ITEM 12.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

 

90

ITEM 13.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

90

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

90

 

 

PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

91

 

i




IMPORTANT FACTORS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These statements are included throughout the document, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and relate to our business strategy, our prospects and our financial position. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “will,” “should” or “anticipates” or the negative or other variation of these or similar words, or by discussions of future events, strategies or risks and uncertainties. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include, among others, statements concerning:

·       our expectations of future results of operations or financial condition;

·       our expectations for our properties;

·       the timing, cost and expected impact of planned capital expenditures on our results of operations;

·       the impact of our geographic diversification;

·       our expectations with regard to further acquisitions and the integration of any companies we have acquired or may acquire;

·       the outcome and financial impact of the litigation in which we are periodically involved;

·       the actions of regulatory, legislative, executive or judicial decisions at the federal, state or local level with regard to our business and the impact of any such actions;

·       our ability to maintain regulatory approvals for our existing businesses and to receive regulatory approval for new businesses;

·       our expectations for the continued availability and cost of capital; and

·       the divestiture of the Empress Casino Hotel in Joliet, Illinois pursuant to an agreement with the Illinois Gaming Board.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, they are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our subsidiaries and us, and accordingly, our forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors described below under the heading “Risk Factors” and in the information incorporated by reference herein. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements include, without limitation, risks related to the following:

·       the passage of state, federal or local legislation that would expand, restrict, further tax or prevent gaming operations in or adjacent to the jurisdictions in which we do business;

·       increases in our effective rate of taxation at any of our properties or at the corporate level;

·       the activities of our competitors;

·       successful completion of the various capital projects at our gaming and pari-mutuel facilities;

·       the existence of attractive acquisition candidates, the costs and risks involved in the pursuit of those acquisitions and our ability to integrate those acquisitions;

·       our ability to maintain regulatory approvals for our existing businesses and to receive regulatory approvals for new businesses;

·       our dependence on key personnel;

·       the risks involved in divesting the Empress Casino Hotel in Joliet, Illinois, pursuant to an agreement with the Illinois Gaming Board, including without limitation receiving an acceptable purchase price;

ii




·       the availability and cost of financing;

·       the maintenance of agreements with our horsemen, pari-mutuel clerks and other organized labor groups;

·       the impact of terrorism and other international hostilities; and

·       other factors as discussed in our filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this document. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this document may not occur.

iii




PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading, diversified, multi-jurisdictional owner and operator of gaming and pari-mutuel properties. The Company was incorporated in Pennsylvania in 1982 as PNRC Corp. and adopted its current name in 1994, when the Company became a public company. In 1997, we began our transition from a pari-mutuel company to a diversified gaming company with the acquisition of the Charles Town property and the introduction of video lottery terminals in West Virginia. Since 1997, we have continued to expand our gaming operations through strategic acquisitions, including the acquisition of Hollywood Casino Corporation in March 2003 and Argosy Gaming Company (“Argosy”) in October 2005. We now own or operate seventeen facilities in thirteen jurisdictions, including Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Maine, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Ontario. In addition, on November 7, 2006, we agreed to acquire Zia Park racetrack and its Black Gold Casino in New Mexico. The transaction is expected to close mid-2007, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval. We believe that our portfolio of assets provides us with a diversified cash flow from operations. We intend to continue to expand our gaming operations through the implementation of a disciplined capital expenditure program at our existing properties and the continued pursuit of strategic acquisitions of gaming properties in attractive markets. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “the Company” and “Penn National” refer to Penn National Gaming, Inc. and it subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.

The following table summarizes certain features of our properties and our managed facility as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

Location

 

Type of Facility

 

Approx.
Gaming
Square
Footage

 

Gaming
Machines

 

Table
Games(1)

 

Hotel
Rooms

 

Owned Gaming Properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles Town Entertainment
Complex

 

Charles Town, WV

 


Land-based gaming/
Thoroughbred racing

 

 

151,450

 

 

 

4,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg

 

Lawrenceburg, IN

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

74,300

 

 

 

2,417

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

300

 

 

Hollywood Casino Aurora

 

Aurora, IL

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

53,000

 

 

 

1,172

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Empress Casino Hotel(2)

 

Joliet, IL

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

1,211

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

100

 

 

Argosy Casino Riverside

 

Riverside, MO

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

56,400

 

 

 

1,800

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge

 

Baton Rouge, LA

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

28,000

 

 

 

1,141

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

Argosy Casino Alton

 

Alton, IL

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

23,000

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Hollywood Casino Tunica

 

Tunica, MS

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

54,000

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

494

 

 

Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis

 

Bay St. Louis, MS

 

Land-based gaming

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

291

 

 

Argosy Casino Sioux City

 

Sioux City, IA

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

20,500

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Boomtown Biloxi

 

Biloxi, MS

 

Dockside gaming

 

 

80,850

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

Hollywood Slots at Bangor

 

Bangor, ME

 

Land-based gaming

 

 

12,400

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bullwhackers

 

Black Hawk, CO

 

Land-based gaming

 

 

16,660

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operated Gaming Property:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casino Rama

 

Orillia, Ontario

 

Land-based gaming

 

 

93,000

 

 

 

2,505

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

289

 

 

Racing Properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Penn National Race Course(3)

 

Grantville, PA

 

Thoroughbred racing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bangor Historic Track

 

Bangor, ME

 

Harness racing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raceway Park

 

Toledo, OH

 

Harness racing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Freehold Raceway(4)

 

Monmouth, NJ

 

Harness racing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

753,560

 

 

 

21,304

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

1,474

 

 


(1)             Excludes poker tables.

(2)             In order to obtain regulatory approval from the Illinois Gaming Board for the acquisition of Argosy, we agreed to enter into a sale agreement for the Empress Casino Hotel by June 30, 2008.

(3)             In addition to our racetrack, Penn National Race Course operates six off-track wagering facilities, located in Pennsylvania.

(4)             Pursuant to a joint venture with Greenwood Limited Jersey, Inc., a subsidiary of Greenwood Racing, Inc.

1




Recent Developments

—Hollywood Casino at Penn National

In late December 2006, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board (the “PGCB”) granted us a Category 1 slot machine license for the placement of slot machines at our planned Hollywood Casino racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In August 2006, we commenced construction of the integrated racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In preparation for the construction, we closed and razed the aged grandstand and clubhouse at Penn National Race Course, and opened a new 24,000 square foot temporary facility offering pari-mutuel wagering, food and beverage service, more than 250 television monitors, administrative offices and facilities for jockeys. The Hollywood Casino at Penn National will be a 365,000 square foot facility, and will be sized for 3,000 slot machines, with 2,000 positions planned at opening. At opening, the new facility will also include a food court, entertainment bar and lounge, trackside dining room, and a sports bar. A connected five-story self parking garage, with capacity for 2,500 cars, will be constructed and supplemented by approximately 1,200 surface parking spaces for self and valet parking.

—Hurricane Katrina

As a result of Hurricane Katrina’s direct hit on the Mississippi Gulf Coast on August 29, 2005, two of our casinos, Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis (formerly known as Casino Magic—Bay St. Louis) and Boomtown Biloxi, were significantly damaged, many employees were displaced and operations ceased at the two properties. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

We had significant levels of insurance in place at the time of Hurricane Katrina to cover the losses resulting from the hurricane, including an “all risk” insurance policy covering “named windstorm” damage, flood damage, debris removal, preservation of property expense, demolition and increased cost of construction expense, and losses resulting from business interruption and extra expenses, all as defined in the policies. The comprehensive business interruption and property damage insurance policies had an overall limit of $400 million, and was subject to property damage deductibles for Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi of approximately $6.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The business interruption insurance component of this policy was subject to a five-day deductible.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, our financial results benefited from a settlement agreement with our property and business interruption insurance providers for a total of $225 million for Hurricane Katrina-related losses at our Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi properties, as well as minor proceeds related to our National Flood Insurance coverage and auto insurance claims. Reflecting the settlement agreement, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $128.3 million ($81.8 million, net of taxes).

On August 8, 2006, we renewed our property insurance coverage in the amount of $200 million. The $200 million coverage is “all risk”, including “named windstorm”, flood and earthquake. Also, we purchased an additional $250 million of “all risk” coverage that is subject to certain exclusions including, among others, exclusion for “named windstorms”, floods and earthquakes. There is a $25 million deductible for “named windstorm” events, and lesser deductibles as they apply to other perils.

Owned Gaming Properties

Charles Town Entertainment Complex

The complex is located within approximately a one-hour drive from Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, D.C., and is the only gaming property located conveniently west of these two cities. The Charles Town Entertainment Complex has 151,450 square feet of gaming space, with approximately 4,183 gaming machines. The complex also features live thoroughbred racing at a refurbished, 3¤4-mile all-weather, lighted thoroughbred racetrack with a 3,000-seat grandstand, parking for 6,048 vehicles as well as simulcast

2




wagering and dining. In 2006, we completed construction of a 378-seat buffet and a new parking garage, which doubled our structured parking to 5,048 spaces. In addition, we continue to build and develop the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, with plans for the current expansion of the property including a 153-room on-site hotel and a 65,000 square foot expansion of the gaming floor. The expansion of the gaming floor will enable us to initially add 800 gaming machines, with capacity for an additional 1,000 gaming machines thereafter. The complex has been approved to operate a maximum of 6,500 gaming machines. The expanded gaming floor is expected to be completed in two phases, with the first phase being completed in May 2007.

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg

The Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg is located on the Ohio River in Lawrenceburg, Indiana, approximately 15 miles west of Cincinnati and is the closest casino to the Cincinnati metropolitan area, its principal target market. The casino also services the major metropolitan markets of Dayton and Columbus, Ohio and, to a lesser extent, Indianapolis, Indiana and Lexington, Kentucky. The casino has 74,300 square feet of gaming space on three levels with approximately 2,417 slot machines, 74 table games and 15 poker tables.

The complex also features a 300-room hotel, a land-based entertainment pavilion and support facility featuring a 350-seat buffet restaurant, two specialty restaurants, an entertainment lounge, a 1,710 space parking garage and a 1,640 space remote parking lot. We are moving forward with the construction of a planned casino development. The development includes a 1,500 space parking garage which is expected to open in the second quarter of 2008, a two-level 270,000 square foot riverboat, and numerous infrastructure upgrades to allow more convenient access to the property, which are expected to open in the second quarter of 2009. The new riverboat will allow up to 4,000 positions on one level and another 400 positions will be added to the second level, along with restaurants and other amenities on the gaming riverboat.

Hollywood Casino Aurora

Hollywood Casino Aurora, part of the Chicagoland market, is located in Aurora, Illinois, the second largest city in Illinois, approximately 35 miles west of Chicago. The facility is easily accessible from major highways, can be reached by train from downtown Chicago, and is approximately 30 miles from both the O’Hare International and Midway airports. Hollywood Casino Aurora has a 53,000 square foot single-level dockside casino facility with 1,172 gaming machines, 21 gaming tables and 5 poker tables.

The facility features two upscale lounges, a steakhouse, the Hollywood Epic Buffet®, a fast food outlet, a high-end customer lounge and a private dining room for premium players. Hollywood Casino Aurora also has two parking garages with approximately 1,564 parking spaces and a gift shop.

Empress Casino Hotel

The Empress Casino Hotel, part of the Chicagoland market, is located on the Des Plaines River in Joliet, Illinois, approximately 40 miles southwest of Chicago. This barge-based casino provides 50,000 square feet of gaming space on two levels with approximately 1,211 slot machines, 20 table games and 3 poker tables.

The casino theme evokes Northern California’s wine country and features a 150,000 square foot entertainment pavilion with three restaurants, an entertainment lounge and banquet/conference facilities. The complex also includes a 100-room hotel, surface parking areas with approximately 1,616 spaces and an 80-space recreational vehicle park. In order to obtain regulatory approval from the Illinois Gaming Board for the acquisition of Argosy, we agreed to enter into a sale agreement for the Empress Casino Hotel by June 30, 2008.

3




Argosy Casino Riverside

The Argosy Casino Riverside is located on the Missouri River approximately five miles from downtown Kansas City in Riverside, Missouri. The casino primarily attracts customers who reside in the northern and western regions of the Kansas City metropolitan area. This Las Vegas-style casino features approximately 56,400 square feet of gaming space with approximately 1,800 slot machines, 40 table games and 7 poker tables.

This state-of-the-art Mediterranean-themed casino features an innovative “floating” casino floor that provides a seamless transition between the casino and land-based support areas, which include an entertainment facility featuring 6 food and beverage areas, including a buffet, steak house, deli, coffee bar, VIP lounge and sports/entertainment lounge and 14,000 square feet of banquet/conference facilities. Argosy Casino Riverside currently has parking for approximately 2,800 vehicles. Construction continues on a 258-room hotel that is expected to open in April 2007. This hotel will increase the total banquet/conference facilities to 19,000 square feet, and parking to 3,000 spaces.

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge (formerly known as Casino Rouge) is currently one of two dockside riverboat gaming facilities operating in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. The Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge property features a riverboat casino, reminiscent of a nineteenth century Mississippi River paddlewheel steamboat. The riverboat features approximately 28,000 square feet of gaming space, 1,141 gaming machines and 27 table games.

The facility also includes a two-story, 58,000-square foot dockside building featuring a variety of amenities, including a steakhouse, a 268-seat buffet, a premium players’ lounge, a nightclub that doubles as a players’ event area, a lobby bar, a public atrium, two meeting rooms, 1,548 parking spaces, a players’ club booth, a deli and a gift shop.

In February 2007, we completed a renovation of the dockside building’s interior décor. The renovation includes a completely new art deco themed interior design for the lobby and entry corridor as well as a new nightclub, lobby bar, gift shop, and employee dining room.

In February 2007, concurrent with the completion of the renovation, the property was re-named from Casino Rouge to Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge. In connection with the new name, also added were a new marquee, sky tracker lights, new signage, Hollywood memorabilia displays, cast member uniforms and a digital video system throughout the property. In addition, the advertising, marketing and entertainment programs have been enhanced to complement the Hollywood theme.

Argosy Casino Alton

The Argosy Casino Alton is located on the Mississippi River in Alton, Illinois, approximately 20 miles northeast of downtown St. Louis and primarily services the St. Louis metropolitan market. The target customers of the Argosy Casino Alton are drawn largely from the northern and eastern regions of the greater St. Louis metropolitan area, as well as portions of central and southern Illinois. The Argosy Casino Alton is a three-deck gaming facility featuring 23,000 square feet of gaming space with approximately 1,103 slot machines and 20 table games.

The Argosy Casino Alton includes an entertainment pavilion and features a 124-seat buffet, a restaurant and a 400-seat main showroom. The facility includes parking areas with 1,258 spaces.

Hollywood Casino Tunica

Hollywood Casino Tunica is located in Tunica, Mississippi. Tunica County is the closest resort gaming jurisdiction to, and is easily accessible from, the Memphis, Tennessee metropolitan area. The Tunica market has become a regional destination resort, attracting customers from surrounding markets such as

4




Nashville, Tennessee, Atlanta, Georgia, St. Louis, Missouri, Little Rock, Arkansas, and Tulsa, Oklahoma. Hollywood Casino Tunica features 54,000 square feet of gaming space at a single-level casino with approximately 1,334 slot machines, 31 table games and 6 poker tables.

Hollywood Casino Tunica’s 494-room hotel and 123-space recreational vehicle park provide overnight accommodations for its patrons. The casino includes multimedia displays of memorabilia from famous adventure motion pictures. Additional entertainment amenities include a steakhouse, the Hollywood Epic Buffet, a 1950’s-style diner, an entertainment lounge, a premium players’ club, a themed bar facility, a non-smoking slot room, an indoor pool and showroom as well as banquet and meeting facilities. There is also an 18-hole championship golf course adjacent to the facility that is owned and operated through a joint venture of three gaming companies. In addition, Hollywood Casino Tunica offers parking for 1,635 cars.

Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis

Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006 after being closed for approximately one year due to extensive damage caused by Hurricane Katrina. Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis was formerly known as Casino Magic—Bay St. Louis, but, concurrent, with its August 31, 2006 opening, it was re-named as Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis. Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis offers a 40,000 square foot casino. Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis features 20 table games, 6 poker tables and 1,005 slot machines, with room to expand to 1,270 slot machines.

In addition, the damaged areas of the existing 291-room hotel tower were completely refurbished. The waterfront Hollywood Hotel features a 10,000 square foot ballroom including nine separate meeting rooms offering more than 17,000 square feet of meeting space. Hollywood offers live entertainment on weekends in three separate venues including Shakers martini bar, Club Royale and starting in March monthly concerts in the ballroom. The Bridges golf course is an 18-hole championship golf course reopened in mid-October after being masterfully renovated by Seaside Golf Development under the watchful eye of Arnold Palmer’s Course Design Group. Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis has three restaurants including Tuscany Steaks & Seafood® (fine dining), the Hollywood Epic Buffet and Jackpot Java a 24-hour deli style cafe. The Bridges Clubhouse reopened with a new pro shop and grill in February 2007. Other amenities include a RV Park with 100 sites and Tokens gift shop.

Argosy Casino Sioux City

The Argosy Casino Sioux City is located on the Missouri River in downtown Sioux City, Iowa. The riverboat features 20,500 square feet of gaming space with approximately 659 slot machines, 21 table games and 6 poker tables. The casino is complemented by adjacent barge facilities featuring buffet dining facilities, meeting space, 389 parking spaces and administrative support offices.

Boomtown Biloxi

Boomtown Biloxi, which had been closed since late August 2005 as a result of extensive damage caused by Hurricane Katrina, reopened on June 29, 2006 with a re-modeled interior, including approximately 1,100 new slot machines, 22 table games and a 350-seat buffet. In early September 2006, Boomtown Biloxi opened its pier-based expansion, with 300 additional slot machines, for a total of 1,400 slot machines, 7 poker tables and a full-service restaurant.

Hollywood Slots at Bangor

Hollywood Slots at Bangor is situated near historic Bass Park, where Bangor Raceway is located, in downtown Bangor, Maine. The facility includes a small restaurant, full beverage service, 220 parking spaces and 12,400 square feet of gaming space with approximately 475 slot machines.

In late December 2006, we completed the purchase of the former Holiday Inn in Bangor, Maine, where we will be building the permanent Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility. Due to the results currently generated by our temporary facility and a substantial number of patrons driving significant distances to

5




Hollywood Slots at Bangor, we are adding a hotel to the plans for the permanent facility, which will feature a two-story, semi-circular, glass tower casino area, a four-story parking garage, restaurants, retail space and a new simulcast facility for off-track wagering. Construction of the facility, which will open with 1,000 slot machines and have capacity for 1,500 gaming machines, is planned to commence in the first half of 2007, following the demolition of the existing hotel and adjacent buildings.

Bangor Raceway is located at historic Bass Park in downtown Bangor, Maine. Harness racing has been conducted continuously at Bass Park since 1893 and it was once part of racing’s Grand Circuit during the 1920s. In 2006, Bangor Raceway conducted 44 days of harness racing from late April through early November on its one-half mile track. With over 12,000 square feet of space, the facility can seat 3,500 patrons and features a restaurant and cocktail lounge.

Bullwhackers

The Bullwhackers properties include the Bullwhackers Casino, the adjoining Bullpen Sports Casino and the Silver Hawk Saloon and Casino. The Bullwhackers properties are located in Black Hawk, Colorado and include 16,660 square feet of gaming space consisting of 899 slot machines. The properties also include a 344-car parking area.

Racing Properties

Penn National Race Course

Penn National Race Course is located in Grantville, Pennsylvania, and is 15 miles northeast of Harrisburg, 100 miles west of Philadelphia and 200 miles east of Pittsburgh. Penn National is one of only two operating thoroughbred racetracks in Pennsylvania. The property includes a one-mile all-weather, lighted thoroughbred racetrack, and a 7¤8-mile turf track. The property also includes approximately 400 acres that are available for future expansion or development.

In late December 2006, the PGCB granted us a Category 1 slot machine license for the placement of slot machines at our planned Hollywood Casino racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In August 2006, we commenced construction of the integrated racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In preparation for the construction, we closed and razed the aged grandstand and clubhouse at Penn National Race Course, and opened a new 24,000 square foot temporary facility offering pari-mutuel wagering, food and beverage services, more than 250 television monitors, administrative offices and facilities for jockeys. The Hollywood Casino at Penn National will be a 365,000 square foot facility, and will be sized for 3,000 slot machines, with 2,000 positions planned at opening. At opening, the new facility will also include a food court, entertainment bar and lounge, trackside dining room, and a sports bar. A connected five-story self parking garage, with capacity for 2,500 cars, will be constructed and supplemented by approximately 1,200 surface parking spaces for self and valet parking.

Raceway Park

Raceway Park is a 58,250 square foot facility, with a 5¤8-mile harness racing track located in Toledo, Ohio. The facility also features simulcast wagering and has a 1,977 theatre-style seating capacity and parking for 3,000 vehicles.

Freehold Raceway

Through our joint venture, we own Freehold Raceway located in Freehold in Western Monmouth County, New Jersey. The property features a half-mile oval harness track and a 150,000 square foot grandstand.

6




Off-track wagering facilities (“OTWs”)

Our OTWs and racetracks provide areas for viewing import simulcast races of thoroughbred and harness horse racing, televised sporting events, placing pari-mutuel wagers and dining. We operate six of the twenty-one OTWs in operation in Pennsylvania; one remaining OTW is authorized for operation. Only licensed racing associations can operate OTWs or accept customer wagers on simulcast races. We have been transmitting simulcasts of our races to other OTWs, thoroughbred and harness horse racetracks, and greyhound dog racetracks, throughout the United States, and receiving simulcasts of races from other thoroughbred and harness horse racetracks for wagering by customers at our OTW locations and our horse racetrack facilities, year-round, for more than thirteen years. Import simulcasts typically include races from premier horse racetracks such as Belmont Park, Churchill Downs, Gulfstream Park, Hollywood Park, Santa Anita and Saratoga.

Account Wagering/Internet Wagering

In 1983, we pioneered Telebet®, the complete account wagering operation for Penn National Race Course. The platform offers account wagering on more than 80 U.S. racetracks, and currently has more than 7,300 active account betting customers from the 14 states that permit account wagering as well as the U.S. Virgin Islands.

We have also developed strategic relationships to further our wagering activities. In August 1999, we entered into an agreement with eBet Limited, an Internet wagering operation in Australia, to license their eBetUSA.com technology in the U.S. Through eBetUSA.com, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, we use the eBetUSA.com technology to permit on-line pari-mutuel horseracing wagering over the internet in selected jurisdictions with the approval of the Pennsylvania State Horse Racing Commission and applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, as permitted. We currently accept wagers from residents of 14 U.S. states and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Operated Gaming Property

Casino Rama

Through CHC Casinos Canada Limited, our indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary, we operate Casino Rama, a full service gaming and entertainment facility, on behalf of the Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation, an agency of the Province of Ontario. Casino Rama is located on the lands of the Mnjikaning First Nation, approximately 90 miles north of Toronto. The property has approximately 93,000 square feet of gaming space, 2,505 gaming machines, 101 table games and 12 poker tables. In addition, the property includes a 5,000-seat entertainment facility, a 289-room hotel and 3,170 parking spaces. The majority of the capital for construction of the hotel and entertainment facility was financed by an affiliate of the Mnjikaning First Nation, and is being repaid out of the revenue of Casino Rama pursuant to the terms of the Development and Operating Agreement described below.

The Development and Operating Agreement under which CHC Casinos Canada Limited operates the facility, which we refer to as the management service contract for Casino Rama, sets out the duties, rights and obligations of CHC Casinos Canada Limited. As the operator, CHC Casinos Canada Limited is entitled to a base fee equal to 2.0% of gross revenues of the casino and an incentive fee equal to 5.0% of the casino’s net operating profit.

The management service contract terminates on July 31, 2011, and the Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation has the option to extend the term of the agreement and CHC Casinos Canada Limited’s appointment as operator for two successive periods of five years each commencing on August 1, 2011.

7




Trademarks

We own a number of trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“U.S. PTO”), including but not limited to, “Telebet,” “World Series of Handicapping,” and “Players’ Choice.” We also have a number of trademark applications pending with the U.S. PTO.

BTN, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a License Agreement with Boomtown, Inc., dated August 8, 2000 pursuant to which it uses “Boomtown” and other trademarks.

As a result of our acquisitions of Hollywood Casino Corporation and Argosy, we own the service marks “Hollywood Casino” and “Argosy” which are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have been informed that our rights to the “Hollywood Casino” and “Argosy” service marks are well established and have competitive value to the Hollywood Casino and Argosy properties. We have also acquired other trademarks used by the Hollywood Casino and Argosy facilities and their related services. These marks are either registered or are the subject of pending applications with the U.S. PTO.

Competition

Gaming Operations

The gaming industry is characterized by a high degree of competition among a large number of participants, some of which have financial and other resources that are greater than our resources. Competitive gaming activities include traditional and Native American casinos, video lottery terminals and other forms of legalized gaming in the U.S. and other jurisdictions.

Legalized gaming is currently permitted in various forms throughout the U.S. and in several Canadian provinces. In addition, other jurisdictions may legalize gaming in the near future and established gaming jurisdictions could award additional gaming licenses or permit the expansion of existing gaming operations. New or expanded operations by other persons will increase competition for our gaming operations and could have a material adverse impact on us.

Charles Town, West Virginia.   Our gaming machine operations at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex face competition in neighboring states of Pennsylvania, Delaware, and New Jersey (including, but not limited to, Dover Downs, Delaware Park and Harrington Raceway in Delaware and the casinos in Atlantic City, New Jersey). On February 16, 2007, the West Virginia House of Delegates passed a bill to allow counties to determine, by local election, whether to permit certain table games at racetracks in the state. The West Virginia Senate is currently considering the bill. In Pennsylvania, slot operations commenced at Philadelphia Park, Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs, and Chester Downs, and slot licenses have been issued to us at Penn National Race Course, The Meadows outside of Pittsburgh, two stand-alone casinos in Philadelphia and one in Pittsburgh. The Maryland legislature is currently considering legislation permitting slot machine gaming. In Delaware, legislation to increase the number of video lottery terminals at gaming facilities from 2,500 to 4,000 passed and was signed by the Governor of Delaware in 2006. This bill also allows gaming facilities in Delaware to operate 24 hours per day, with the exception of Sundays and certain holidays. The Delaware legislature is also considering a bill that would permit two stand-alone casinos, in addition to the existing gaming facilities at the state’s three racetracks.

Lawrenceburg, Indiana.   The Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg is the closest casino to the Cincinnati metropolitan area, and faces competition from two other riverboat casinos in the Cincinnati market. The nearest competitor is located approximately 15 miles further south of Lawrenceburg in Rising Sun, Indiana. Another competitor is located 40 miles from Lawrenceburg in Switzerland County, Indiana. On February 24, 2007, the Indiana House of Representatives passed a bill that would allow the operation of 2,500 slot machines at each of Indiana’s two racetracks. The bill will now move to the Indiana Senate for consideration. Casino gaming is not currently permitted under the laws of either Ohio or Kentucky. The Ohio legislature has considered, at various times, legislation that would allow Ohio voters to approve certain types of casino gaming at racetracks. In November 2006, Ohio voters rejected a proposed constitutional amendment that would have established a tuition grant program for Ohio students to attend

8




public or private colleges in the state by allowing up to 3,500 slot machines at each of the state’s seven existing racetracks and two locations in downtown Cleveland. Legislation has been introduced in Kentucky to allow gaming at racetracks and casinos, subject to referendum. To date, neither Ohio nor Kentucky has enacted such proposed legislation. The commencement of casino gaming in Ohio or Kentucky could have an adverse effect on the financial results of our Lawrenceburg casino.

Chicagoland.   Aurora and Joliet are part of the Chicagoland market that includes properties in the Chicago suburbs in both Illinois and northern Indiana. Hollywood Casino Aurora and Empress Casino Hotel face competition from numerous other riverboat casinos in the Chicago-area market, dockside casinos that are located in Illinois and dockside casinos that are located in Indiana. Due to significantly higher gaming taxes imposed on Illinois riverboats, the Indiana riverboats have been able to spend greater amounts on marketing and other amenities, which has significantly increased their ability to compete with the Illinois riverboats. Any increase in gaming taxes or admission fees imposed on Illinois riverboats could have an adverse impact on the financial results of our Chicagoland casinos.

New competition in the region is currently limited by state legislation. The Illinois Riverboat Gambling Act and the regulations promulgated by the Illinois Gaming Board under the Riverboat Gambling Act authorize only 10 owners’ licenses for riverboat gaming operations in Illinois and permit a maximum of 1,200 gaming positions at any time for each of the 10 licensed sites. All authorized owners’ licenses have been granted; however, one of the licenses has remained dormant due to a bankruptcy proceeding and ongoing dispute among the investors in such license, their host city, the Illinois Gaming Board and Illinois government. Illinois is currently seeking to sell this tenth license. In the event that these disputes are fully resolved and a sale is consummated, this license will likely become operational. We may face additional competition if such a licensee were to open a gaming facility in the area around Chicagoland. The legislature has considered, at various times, legislation that would expand gaming in the state of Illinois. Should the Illinois legislature enact such gaming-expansion legislation, the financial results of our Chicagoland casinos could be adversely affected.

Riverside, Missouri.   The Argosy Casino Riverside currently faces competition from three other casinos in this market. The Kansas legislature has considered, at various times, legislation to expand casino gaming in its state. During previous legislative sessions, as well as the current legislative session, legislation was introduced in Missouri that would increase admission and gaming taxes, while removing the loss limit in the State. Should Kansas enact such legislation or Missouri increase admission or gaming taxes, our Riverside casino’s financial results could be adversely affected.

Alton, Illinois.   The Argosy Casino Alton faces competition from four other riverboat casino companies currently operating in the St. Louis, Missouri area, including one other Illinois licensee. In addition, two casino projects (one in downtown St. Louis and another in south St. Louis County) are in various stages of development and are pending regulatory approvals. As an Illinois licensee, the Argosy Casino Alton is not subject to Missouri’s $500-loss limit. Should the Illinois legislature enact gaming-expansion legislation or increase admission or gaming taxes, our Alton casino’s financial results could be adversely affected.

Baton Rouge, Louisiana.   Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge faces competition from land-based and riverboat casinos throughout Louisiana and on the Mississippi Gulf Coast, casinos on Native American lands and from non-casino gaming opportunities within Louisiana. The principal competitor to Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge is the Belle of Baton Rouge, which is the only other licensed riverboat casino in Baton Rouge. We face competition from eleven casinos on the Mississippi Gulf coast, which is approximately 120 miles east of Baton Rouge; many of these casinos are destination resorts that attract customers from the Baton Rouge area. Subsequent to Hurricane Katrina, Mississippi Gulf Coast casinos are allowed to operate as land-based facilities. Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge also faces competition from two major riverboat casinos, one land-based casino in the New Orleans area, which is approximately 75 miles from Baton Rouge, and three Native American casinos in Louisiana. The two closest Native American casinos are land-based facilities located approximately 45 miles southwest and approximately

9




65 miles northwest of Baton Rouge. In addition, we face competition from a racetrack located approximately 55 miles from Baton Rouge that began operating approximately 1,500 gaming machines in December 2003. We also face competition from approximately 3,000 video poker machines located in truck stops, restaurants, bars and off-track betting facilities located in certain surrounding parishes. In addition, another gaming operator has filed documents with the Louisiana Gaming Control Board to place a third riverboat casino in Baton Rouge, subject to various approvals, including local referendum. Should East Baton Rouge Parish voters approve an expansion of gaming in the Baton Rouge market, the financial results of Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge could be adversely affected.

Tunica County, Mississippi.   Hollywood Casino Tunica faces intense competition from nine other casinos operating in north Tunica County and Coahoma County. The Tunica County market is segregated into two casino clusters, Casino Center and Casino Strip, where Hollywood Casino Tunica is located, as well as three stand-alone properties. A shuttle service provides transportation between the various Tunica County casinos. In addition, we compete with another casino located approximately 40 miles south of the Casino Strip cluster in Coahoma County. The close proximity of the casinos in Tunica County has contributed to the competition between casinos because it allows consumers to visit a variety of casinos in a short period of time. The Mississippi Gaming Control Act does not limit the number of licenses that may be granted. Any significant increase in new competition in or around Tunica County could negatively impact the operations of Hollywood Casino Tunica.

Hollywood Casino Tunica also competes to some extent with a land-based casino complex operated by the Mississippi Band of Choctaw Indians in central Mississippi, approximately 200 miles south and east of Memphis, Tennessee. In addition, Hollywood Casino Tunica may eventually face competition from the opening of gaming casinos closer to Memphis, such as in DeSoto County, Mississippi, which is the only county between Tunica County and the Tennessee border. DeSoto County has defeated gaming proposals on three separate occasions, most recently in November 1996. In November 2006, Southland Park Gaming & Racing, formerly Southland Greyhound Park, in West Memphis, Arkansas, opened a gaming facility with more than 800 electronic “games of skill”. The facility is located across the Mississippi River from Memphis. Casino gaming is not currently legalized in Tennessee; however, the legalization of gaming in Tennessee could have a material adverse impact on Hollywood Casino Tunica.

Mississippi Gulf Coast.   As a result of Hurricane Katrina’s direct hit on the Mississippi Gulf Coast on August 29, 2005, two of the Company’s casinos, Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, were significantly damaged, many employees were displaced and operations ceased at the two properties. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006. Prior to Hurricane Katrina, dockside gaming grew rapidly on the Mississippi Gulf Coast, increasing from no dockside casinos in March 1992 to twelve operating dockside casinos on December 31, 2004. Nine of these facilities were located in Biloxi, two were located in Gulfport and one was located in Bay St. Louis. Including the Company’s casinos, seven of the casinos in Biloxi have re-opened, one of the Gulfport casinos reopened and two Bay St. Louis properties opened in 2006. Prior to Hurricane Katrina, our Bay St. Louis property was the only casino in the Bay St. Louis market. Currently there are two casinos in the Bay St. Louis market, with three additional proposed casinos to come online in the next few years. As of December 31, 2006, the Mississippi Gulf Coast has 10 casinos operating, compared to the 12 that were open prior to Hurricane Katrina.

During the 2005 special session of the Mississippi legislature, a bill to allow Gulf Coast casinos to rebuild on land was approved and signed by the Governor of Mississippi. In addition, the Mississippi Gaming Control Act does not limit the number of licenses that may be granted and there are a number of additional sites located in the Gulf Coast region that are in various stages of development. Any significant increase in the competition in the region could negatively impact our existing operations.

Sioux City, Iowa.   The Argosy Casino Sioux City competes primarily with land-based Native American casinos that are not required to report gaming revenues and other operating statistics, therefore market comparisons cannot be made. In June 2006, Wild Rose Casino & Resort opened in Emmetsburg,

10




Iowa. We also compete with certain providers and operators of video gaming in the neighboring state of South Dakota. Additionally, to a lesser extent, we compete with slot machines at a pari-mutuel racetrack in Council Bluffs, Iowa, and with two riverboat casinos in the Council Bluffs/Omaha, Nebraska market, approximately 90 miles south of Sioux City.

Bangor, Maine.   Hollywood Slots at Bangor is the only facility with slot machines in the state of Maine. The closest competitors offering slot machines are Foxwoods and Mohegan Sun in Connecticut, Newport Grand Casino in Rhode Island and Horizon’s Edge casino cruise ship operating in Lynn, Massachusetts, all approximately 300 miles away.

Black Hawk, Colorado.   The Black Hawk gaming market is characterized by intense competition. The primary competitive factors in the market are location, availability and convenience of parking, number of slot machines and gaming tables, promotional incentives, types and pricing of non-gaming amenities, name recognition and overall atmosphere. There are currently 20 gaming facilities in the Black Hawk market and six gaming facilities in nearby Central City. Central City and Black Hawk gaming facilities compete for visitors, but historically, Black Hawk has enjoyed an advantage over Central City because customers had to drive through Black Hawk to reach Central City. During 2004, Central City completed construction of, and opened, a road directly connecting Central City and Black Hawk with Interstate 70, which allows customers to reach Central City without driving through Black Hawk.

Ontario.   Our operation of Casino Rama through CHC Casinos Canada Limited faces competition in Ontario from three other commercial casinos, six charity casinos and at least 17 racetracks with gaming machines in the province. All of the casinos (including Casino Rama) and gaming machine facilities are operated by or on behalf of the Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation, an agency of the Province of Ontario. The Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation also operates several province-wide lotteries.

There are two charity casinos and six racetracks with gaming machine facilities that directly affect Casino Rama. The two charity casinos together have 105 gaming tables and 1,051 gaming machines. The number of gaming machines at the racetracks ranges from 250 to over 1,950 each. There are also two commercial casinos located in Niagara Falls, Ontario, 80 miles southwest of Toronto with a total of 186 gaming tables and 4,866 gaming machines.

Racing Operations

Our racing operations face significant competition for wagering dollars from other racetracks and OTWs, some of which also offer other forms of gaming, as well as other gaming venues such as casinos and state-sponsored lotteries, including the Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Ohio and West Virginia lotteries. Our account wagering operations compete with other providers of such services throughout the country. We also may face competition in the future from new OTWs, new racetracks or new providers of account wagering. From time to time, states consider legislation to permit other forms of gaming. If additional gaming opportunities become available near our racing operations, such gaming opportunities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

U.S. and Foreign Revenues

Our net revenues from continuing operations in the U.S. for 2006, 2005 and 2004 were approximately $2,226.4 million, $1,350.5 million and $1,089.0 million, respectively. Our revenues from operations in Canada for 2006, 2005 and 2004 were approximately $18.1 million, $18.6 million, and $16.3 million, respectively.

Segments

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), the Company views each property as an operating segment. Historically, the Company aggregated its gaming properties that were economically similar, offered similar types of

11




products and services, catered to the same types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called gaming, and aggregated its racing properties that were economically similar, offered similar products and services, catered to the similar types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called racing.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, the Company modified its segment reporting from two reportable segments to one reportable segment, as the Company believes that its gaming and racing properties can now be aggregated together in accordance with SFAS 131, due to ongoing changes at its racing properties, including the upcoming introduction of slot machines at Penn National Race Course.

Management

Name

 

 

 

 

Age

 

 

Position

Peter M. Carlino

 

60

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

William J. Clifford

 

49

 

Senior Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Leonard M. DeAngelo

 

55

 

Executive Vice President of Operations

Robert S. Ippolito

 

55

 

Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer

Jordan B. Savitch

 

41

 

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

Peter M. Carlino.   Mr. Carlino has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since April 1994. From 1984 to 1994, he devoted a substantial portion of his time to developing, building and operating residential and commercial real estate projects located primarily in central Pennsylvania. Since 1976, Mr. Carlino has been President of Carlino Financial Corporation, a holding company that owns and operates various Carlino family businesses, in which capacity he has been continuously active in strategic planning and monitoring its operations.

William J. Clifford.   Mr. Clifford joined us in August 2001 and was appointed to his current position as Senior Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer in October 2001. From March 1997 to July 2001, Mr. Clifford served as the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance with Sun International Resorts, Inc., Paradise Island, Bahamas. From November 1993 to February 1997, Mr. Clifford was Financial, Hotel and Operations Controller for Treasure Island Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas. From May 1989 to November 1993, Mr. Clifford was Controller for Golden Nugget Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas. Prior to May 1989, Mr. Clifford held the positions of Controller for the Dunes Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Property Operations Analyst with Aladdin Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Casino Administrator with Las Vegas Hilton, Las Vegas, Senior Internal Auditor with Del Webb, Las Vegas, and Agent, Audit Division, of the Nevada Gaming Control Board, Las Vegas and Reno.

Leonard M. DeAngelo.   Mr. DeAngelo joined us in July 2003 as Executive Vice President of Operations. From December 2000 to July 2003, Mr. DeAngelo served as President of the Atlantic City Hilton Casino Resort. Prior to being named President of the Atlantic City Hilton, Mr. DeAngelo served for three years as Corporate Senior Vice President of Casino Marketing with Sun International Resorts, Inc., where, in addition to his marketing responsibilities, he also oversaw information technology initiatives relating to the casinos, including operations, marketing, data warehousing and online projects. From November 1995 to December 1997, Mr. DeAngelo was President of the Sands Hotel and Casino in Atlantic City. He served with the Sands in other executive positions beginning in 1983, holding the titles of Director of Casino Administration, Vice President Casino Administration and Senior Vice President before being named President. He began his career in the gaming and hotel industry in 1979 at Bally’s Park Place Hotel and Casino in Atlantic City.

12




Robert S. Ippolito.   In July 2001, we appointed Mr. Ippolito to the position of Vice President. Mr. Ippolito has served as our Secretary and Treasurer since April 1994 and as our Chief Financial Officer from April 1994 until July 2001. Mr. Ippolito brings more than 23 years of gaming and racing experience to the management team both as a manager at a major accounting firm and as an officer of companies in the racing business.

Jordan B. Savitch.   Mr. Savitch joined us in September 2002 as Senior Vice President and General Counsel. From June 1999 to April 2002, Mr. Savitch served as a director and senior executive at iMedium, Inc., a venture-backed software company offering innovative software solutions for increasing sales effectiveness. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Savitch served as senior corporate counsel at Safeguard Scientifics, Inc., a NYSE-listed company specializing in identifying, developing and operating emerging technology companies. Mr. Savitch also spent four years in private practice as an associate at Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP in New York, New York.

Governmental Regulations

The gaming and racing industries are highly regulated, and we must maintain our licenses and pay gaming taxes to continue our operations. Each of our facilities is subject to extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is located. These laws, rules and regulations generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners, managers, and persons with financial interests in the gaming operations. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions. A more detailed description of the regulations to which we are subject is contained in Exhibit 99.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.

Our businesses are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations in addition to gaming regulations. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, restrictions and conditions concerning alcoholic beverages, environmental matters, employees, currency transactions, taxation, zoning and building codes, and marketing and advertising. Such laws and regulations could change or could be interpreted differently in the future, or new laws and regulations could be enacted. Material changes, new laws or regulations, or material differences in interpretations by courts or governmental authorities could adversely affect our operating results.

Employees and Labor Relations

As of December 31, 2006, we had 14,874 full- and part-time employees.

We are required to have agreements with the horsemen at each of our racetracks to conduct our live racing and simulcasting activities. In addition, in order to operate gaming machines in West Virginia, we must maintain agreements with each of the Charles Town horsemen, pari-mutuel clerks and breeders. At the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, we have an agreement with the Charles Town horsemen that expires on December 31, 2007 and an agreement with the breeders that expires on June 30, 2007. The pari-mutuel clerks at Charles Town are represented under a collective bargaining agreement with the West Virginia Division of Mutuel Clerks which expires on December 31, 2010.

Our agreement with the Pennsylvania thoroughbred horsemen at Penn National Race Course expires on September 30, 2011. We have an agreement with Local 137 at Penn National Race Course with respect to pari-mutuel clerks and admissions and Telebet personnel that expires on December 31, 2007. We also have an agreement in place with the Sports Arena Employees Local 137 (AFL-CIO) with respect to pari-mutuel clerks and admission personnel at our OTWs. That agreement, which we are currently documenting, will expire on September 30, 2009.

We expect to enter into a new, long-term, agreement with the Maine Harness Horsemen Association prior to the start of the 2007 racing season. Pennwood Racing, Inc. also has an agreement in effect with the horsemen at Freehold Raceway which expires in May 2009.

13




Throughout our Argosy properties, the Seafarers Entertainment and Allied Trade Union represents approximately two thousand employees. Additionally, at the Alton property, the Seafarer International Union of North America, Atlantic, Gulf, Lakes and Inland Waters District/NMU, AFL-CIO represents eight of our employees, the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers represents nine of our employees, the Security Police and Fire Professionals of America represents fifty-nine of our employees. At our Indiana and Iowa properties, the American Maritime Officers Union represents eighteen of our employees. We have collective bargaining agreements with these unions that expire at various times between July 2007 and June 2011. At the Empress Casino Hotel, the Hotel Employees and Restaurant Employees Union (“UNITE/HERE”), Local 1 represents approximately three hundred employees. The Hotel Employees and Restaurant Employees Joliet labor agreement expires on March 31, 2010. At Raceway Park, the pari-mutuel tellers are represented by SEIU Local 47, which has subcontracted with UNITE/HERE Local 10 to handle the business affairs of the pari-mutuel tellers, and the current contract expires on May 31, 2007.

Available Information

For more information about us, visit our web site at www.pngaming.com. Our electronic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including all annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports), including the exhibits, are available free of charge through our web site as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

A substantial portion of our revenues and income from operations is derived from our Charles Town, West Virginia and Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg, Indiana facilities.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, approximately 42.7% and 45.4% of our net revenue and income from operations, respectively, were collectively derived from our Charles Town and Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg operations. Our ability to meet our operating and debt service requirements is substantially dependent upon the continued success of these facilities. The operations at these facilities could be adversely affected by numerous factors including:

·       risks related to local and regional economic and competitive conditions, such as a decline in the number of visitors to the facility, a downturn in the overall economy in the market, a decrease in gaming activities in the market or an increase in competition within and outside the state;

·       changes in local and state governmental laws and regulations (including changes in laws and regulations affecting gaming operations and taxes) applicable to a facility;

·       impeded access to the facility due to weather, road construction or closures of primary access routes; and

·       the occurrence of floods and other natural disasters.

If any of these events occur, our operating revenues and cash flow could decline significantly.

We may face disruption in integrating and managing facilities we may acquire in the future.

We expect to continue pursuing expansion and acquisition opportunities, and we regularly evaluate opportunities for acquisition of other properties, which evaluations may include discussions and the review of confidential information after the execution of nondisclosure agreements with potential acquisition candidates, some potentially significant in relation to our size.

We could face significant challenges in managing and integrating the expanded or combined operations of the Company and any other properties we may acquire. The integration of any other properties we may acquire will require the dedication of management resources that may temporarily

14




divert attention from our day-to-day business. The process of integrating properties that we may acquire also may interrupt the activities of those businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Management of new properties, especially in new geographic areas, may require that we increase our managerial resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage the combined operations effectively or realize any of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions. We also cannot assure you that if acquisitions are completed, that the acquired businesses will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or other effects.

Our ability to achieve our objectives in connection with any acquisition we may consummate may be highly dependent on, among other things, our ability to retain the senior level property management teams of such acquisition candidates. If, for any reason, we are unable to retain these management teams following such acquisitions or if we fail to attract new capable executives, our operations after consummation of such acquisitions could be materially adversely affected.

The occurrence of some or all of the above described events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We face risks related to the development and expansion of our current properties.

We expect to use a portion of our cash on hand, cash flow from operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility for significant capital expenditures at certain of our properties. Any proposed enhancement may require us to significantly increase the size of our existing work force at those properties. We cannot be certain that management will be able to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees to operate and manage these facilities at their optimal levels. The failure to employ the necessary work force could adversely affect our operations and ultimately harm profitability. In addition, these enhancements could involve risks similar to construction risks including cost over-runs, delays, market deterioration and timely receipt of required licenses, permits or authorizations, among others. Our failure to complete any new development or expansion project as planned, on schedule, within budget or in a manner that generates anticipated profits, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face a number of challenges prior to opening new gaming facilities.

No assurance can be given that the expected timetable for opening new gaming facilities will be met in light of the uncertainties inherent in the development of the regulatory framework, the licensing process, legislative action and litigation.

We face significant competition from other gaming operations and racing operations.

Gaming operations.   The gaming industry is characterized by a high degree of competition among a large number of participants, including riverboat casinos, dockside casinos, land-based casinos, video lottery and poker machines not located in casinos, Native American gaming, Internet gaming and other forms of gambling in the United States. In a broader sense, our gaming operations face competition from all manner of leisure and entertainment activities, including shopping, high school, collegiate and professional athletic events, television and movies, concerts and travel. Legalized gaming is currently permitted in various forms throughout the U.S., in several Canadian provinces and on various lands taken into trust for the benefit of certain Native Americans in the U.S. and Canada. Other jurisdictions, including states adjacent to states in which we currently have facilities, may legalize gaming in the near future. In addition, established gaming jurisdictions could award additional gaming licenses or permit the expansion of existing gaming operations. New or expanded operations by other persons will increase competition for our gaming operations and could have a material adverse impact on us.

Gaming competition is particularly intense in most of the markets where we operate. As competing properties are opened, our operating results may be negatively affected. Some of our competitors have more gaming industry experience, are larger and have significantly greater financial and other resources. In addition, some of our direct competitors in certain markets may have superior facilities and/or operating

15




conditions. There could be further competition in our markets as a result of the upgrading or expansion of facilities by existing market participants, the entrance of new gaming participants into a market or legislative changes.

We expect each existing or future market in which we participate to be highly competitive. The competitive position of each of our casino properties is discussed in detail in the subsection entitled “Competition—Gaming Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Racing operations.   Our racing operations face significant competition for wagering dollars from other racetracks and off-track wagering facilities, some of which also offer other forms of gaming, as well as other gaming venues such as casinos and state-sponsored lotteries, including the Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maine, Ohio, Delaware and West Virginia lotteries. Our account wagering operations compete with providers of such services throughout the country. We also may face competition in the future from new off-track wagering facilities, new racetracks or new providers of account wagering. From time to time, states consider legislation to permit other forms of gaming. If additional gaming opportunities become available near our racing operations, such gaming opportunities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are or may become involved in legal proceedings that, if adversely adjudicated or settled, could impact our financial condition.

From time to time, we are defendants in various lawsuits relating to matters incidental to our business. The nature of our business subjects us to the risk of lawsuits filed by customers, past and present employees, competitors, business partners and others in the ordinary course of business. As with all litigation, no assurance can be provided as to the outcome of these matters and in general, litigation can be expensive and time consuming. We may not be successful in the defense of these lawsuits, which could result in settlements or damages that could significantly impact our business, financial condition and results of operations (see, for example, the lawsuits listed in Item 3 below).

We face extensive regulation from gaming and other regulatory authorities.

Licensing requirements.   As owners and operators of gaming and pari-mutuel wagering facilities, we are subject to extensive state, local and, in Canada, provincial regulation. State, local and provincial authorities require us and our subsidiaries to demonstrate suitability to obtain and retain various licenses and require that we have registrations, permits and approvals to conduct gaming operations. Various regulatory authorities, including the Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission, the Illinois Gaming Board, the Indiana Gaming Commission, the Iowa Gaming and Racing Commission, the Louisiana Gaming Control Board, the Mississippi State Tax Commission, the Mississippi Gaming Commission, the Missouri Gaming Commission, the New Jersey Racing Commission, the Ohio State Racing Commission, the Alcohol and Gaming Commission of Ontario, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board, the Pennsylvania State Horse Racing Commission, the West Virginia Racing Commission, the West Virginia Lottery Commission, the Maine Gambling Control Board and the Maine Harness Racing Commission, have broad discretion, and may, for any reason set forth in the applicable legislation, rules and regulations, limit, condition, suspend, fail to renew or revoke a license or registration to conduct gaming operations or prevent us from owning the securities of any of our gaming subsidiaries or prevent another person from owning an equity interest in us. Like all gaming operators in the jurisdictions in which we operate, we must periodically apply to renew our gaming licenses or registrations and have the suitability of certain of our directors, officers and employees approved. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such renewals or approvals. Regulatory authorities have input into our operations, for instance, hours of operation, location or relocation of a facility, numbers and types of machines and loss limits. Regulators may also levy substantial fines against or seize our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries or the people involved in violating gaming laws or regulations. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have demonstrated suitability to obtain and have obtained all governmental licenses, registrations, permits and approvals necessary for us to operate our existing gaming and pari-mutuel facilities. We

16




cannot assure you that we will be able to retain them or demonstrate suitability to obtain any new licenses, registrations, permits or approvals. In addition, the loss of a license in one jurisdiction could trigger the loss of a license or affect our eligibility for a license in another jurisdiction. As we expand our gaming operations in our existing jurisdictions or to new areas, we may have to meet additional suitability requirements and obtain additional licenses, registrations, permits and approvals from gaming authorities in these jurisdictions. The approval process can be time-consuming and costly and we cannot be sure that we will be successful.

Gaming authorities in the U.S. generally can require that any beneficial owner of our securities file an application for a finding of suitability. If a gaming authority requires a record or beneficial owner of our securities to file a suitability application, the owner must generally apply for a finding of suitability within 30 days or at an earlier time prescribed by the gaming authority. The gaming authority has the power to investigate such an owner’s suitability and the owner must pay all costs of the investigation. If the owner is found unsuitable, then the owner may be required by law to dispose of our securities.

Potential changes in legislation and regulation of our operations.   Regulations governing the conduct of gaming activities and the obligations of gaming companies in any jurisdiction in which we have or in the future may have gaming operations are subject to change and could impose additional operating, financial or other burdens on the way we conduct our business.

Moreover, legislation to prohibit or limit gaming may be introduced in the future in states where gaming has been legalized. In addition, from time to time, legislators and special interest groups have proposed legislation that would expand, restrict or prevent gaming operations or which may otherwise adversely impact our operations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any expansion of gaming or restriction on or prohibition of our gaming operations or enactment of other adverse regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. For example, in October 2005, the Illinois House of Representatives voted to approve proposed legislation that would eliminate riverboat gambling. If the Illinois Senate were to pass a bill eliminating riverboat gambling, our business would be materially impacted. However, leadership in the Illinois Senate has indicated that the Senate will not pass this bill. In addition, legislation enacting smoking bans can also adversely affect our business.

Taxation and fees.   We believe that the prospect of significant revenue is one of the primary reasons that jurisdictions permit legalized gaming. As a result, gaming companies are typically subject to significant taxes and fees in addition to normal federal, state, local and provincial income taxes, and such taxes and fees are subject to increase at any time. We pay substantial taxes and fees with respect to our operations. From time to time, federal, state, local and provincial legislators and officials have proposed changes in tax laws, or in the administration of such laws, affecting the gaming industry. In addition, worsening economic conditions could intensify the efforts of state and local governments to raise revenues through increases in gaming taxes. It is not possible to determine with certainty the likelihood of changes in tax laws or in the administration of such laws. Such changes, if adopted, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The large number of state and local governments with significant current or projected budget deficits makes it more likely that those governments that currently permit gaming will seek to fund such deficits with new or increased gaming taxes, and worsening economic conditions could intensify those efforts. Any material increase, or the adoption of additional taxes or fees, could have a material adverse effect on our future financial results.

Compliance with other laws.   We are also subject to a variety of other rules and regulations, including zoning, environmental, construction and land-use laws and regulations governing the serving of alcoholic beverages. If we are not in compliance with these laws, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our key personnel.

We are highly dependent on the services of Peter M. Carlino, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and other members of our senior management team. Our ability to retain key personnel is affected by the competitiveness of our compensation packages and the other terms and conditions of employment,

17




our continued ability to compete effectively against other gaming companies and our growth prospects. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and compliance risks.

New or changing laws and regulations relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including new SEC regulations and NASDAQ National Market rules, are creating uncertainty for companies. These new or changed laws and regulations are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, recent issuance and/or lack of guidance. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty and higher costs regarding compliance matters. Due to our commitment to maintain high standards of compliance with laws and public disclosure, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses. In addition, we are subject to different parties’ interpretation of our compliance with these new and changing laws and regulations. A failure to comply with any of these new laws or regulations could have a materially adverse effect on the company. For instance, if our gaming authorities, the SEC, our independent auditors or our shareholders and potential shareholders conclude that our compliance with the regulations is unsatisfactory, this may result in a negative public perception of our company, subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny, penalties or otherwise adversely affect us.

Inclement weather and other conditions could seriously disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The operations of our facilities are subject to disruptions or reduced patronage as a result of severe weather conditions, natural disasters and other casualties. Because many of our gaming operations are located on or adjacent to rivers, these facilities are subject to risks in addition to those associated with land-based casinos, including loss of service due to casualty, forces of nature, mechanical failure, extended or extraordinary maintenance, flood, hurricane or other severe weather conditions. For example, in late August 2005, we closed Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis (formerly known as Casino Magic—Bay St. Louis) in Bay St. Louis, Mississippi, Boomtown Biloxi casino in Biloxi, Mississippi and Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge (formerly known as Casino Rouge) in Baton Rouge, Louisiana in anticipation of Hurricane Katrina. Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge subsequently reopened on August 30, 2005. However, due to the extensive damage sustained, operations at Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis did not resume operations until June 29, 2006 and August 31, 2006, respectively. In addition, several of our casinos are subject to risks generally associated with the movement of vessels on inland waterways, including risks of collision or casualty due to river turbulence and traffic. Many of our casinos operate in areas which are subject to periodic flooding that has caused us to experience decreased attendance and increased operating expenses. Any flood or other severe weather condition could lead to the loss of use of a casino facility for an extended period.

The extent to which we can recover under our insurance policies for damages sustained at our Gulf Coast properties in the event of future hurricanes, as well as changes in the local gaming market as a result of the hurricane could adversely affect our business.

On August 28, 2005, we closed Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis in Bay St. Louis, Mississippi and Boomtown Biloxi casino in Biloxi, Mississippi in anticipation of Hurricane Katrina. Due to the extensive damage sustained, operations at Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis did not resume operations until June 29, 2006 and August 31, 2006, respectively. We maintain significant property insurance, including business interruption coverage, for both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi. However, there can be no assurances that we will be fully or promptly compensated for weather-related losses at any of our facilities in the event of future hurricanes. The infrastructure damage caused by Hurricane Katrina to the communities surrounding our Bay St. Louis and Biloxi properties could adversely affect the local gaming markets by making travel and staffing more difficult. The reopening dates and plans of our competitors could also adversely affect our future operating results.

18




We are subject to environmental laws and potential exposure to environmental liabilities.

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that govern our operations, including emissions and discharges into the environment, and the handling and disposal of hazardous and nonhazardous substances and wastes. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for corrective action, penalties or the imposition of other liabilities or restrictions. From time to time, we have incurred and are incurring costs and obligations for correcting environmental noncompliance matters. To date, none of these matters have had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that such matters will not have such an effect in the future.

We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and clean-up responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment. Under certain of these laws and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of property may be liable for the costs of remediating contaminated soil or groundwater on or from its property, without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or caused, the contamination, as well as incur liability to third parties impacted by such contamination. The presence of contamination, or failure to remediate it properly, may adversely affect our ability to sell or rent property. The Bullwhackers and Silver Hawk Casinos are located within the geographic footprint of the Clear Creek/Central City Superfund Site, a large area of historic mining activity which is the subject of state and federal clean-up actions. Although we have not been named a potentially responsible party for this Superfund Site, it is possible that as a result of our ownership and operation of these properties (on which mining may have occurred in the past), we may incur costs related to this matter in the future. Furthermore, we are aware that there is or may be soil or groundwater contamination at certain of our facilities resulting from current or former operations. These matters are in various stages of investigation, and we are not able at this time to estimate the costs that will be required to resolve them. To date, none of these matters or other matters arising under environmental laws has had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that such matters will not have such an effect in the future.

The concentration and evolution of the slot machine manufacturing industry could impose additional costs on us.

A majority of our revenues are attributable to slot machines operated by us at our gaming facilities. It is important, for competitive reasons, that we offer the most popular and up to date slot machine games with the latest technology to our customers.

We believe that a substantial majority of the slot machines sold in the U.S. in recent years were manufactured by a few select companies. In addition, we believe that one company in particular provided a majority of all slot machines sold in the U.S. in recent years.

In recent years, the prices of new slot machines have escalated faster than the rate of inflation. Furthermore, in recent years, slot machine manufacturers have frequently refused to sell slot machines featuring the most popular games, instead requiring participation lease arrangements in order to acquire the machines. Participation slot machine leasing arrangements typically require the payment of a fixed daily rental. Such agreements may also include a percentage payment of coin-in or net win. Generally, a participation lease is substantially more expensive over the long term than the cost to purchase a new machine.

For competitive reasons, we may be forced to purchase new slot machines or enter into participation lease arrangements that are more expensive than our current costs associated with the continued operation of our existing slot machines. If the newer slot machines do not result in sufficient incremental revenues to offset the increased investment and participation lease costs, it could hurt our profitability.

We depend on agreements with our horsemen and pari-mutuel clerks.

The Federal Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978, as amended, the West Virginia Racing Act and the Pennsylvania Racing Act require that, in order to simulcast races, we have written agreements with the

19




horse owners and trainers at our West Virginia and Pennsylvania race tracks. In addition, in order to operate gaming machines in West Virginia, we are required to enter into written agreements regarding the proceeds of the gaming machines with a representative of a majority of the horse owners and trainers, a representative of a majority of the pari-mutuel clerks and a representative of a majority of the horse breeders.

Effective October 1, 2004, we signed an agreement with the Pennsylvania Thoroughbred Horsemen at Penn National Race Course that expires on September 30, 2011. At the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, we have an agreement with the Charles Town Horsemen that became effective on January 1, 2005 and expires on December 31, 2007. The pari-mutuel clerks at Charles Town are represented under a collective bargaining agreement with the West Virginia Division of Mutuel Clerks which expires on December 31, 2010. We expect to enter in a new, long-term, agreement with the Maine Harness Horsemen Association prior to the start of the 2007 racing season.

If we fail to maintain operative agreements with the horsemen at a track, we will not be permitted to conduct live racing and export and import simulcasting at that track and off-track wagering facilities, and, in West Virginia, we will not be permitted to operate our gaming machines. In addition, our simulcasting agreements are subject to the horsemen’s approval. If we fail to renew or modify existing agreements on satisfactory terms, this failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Work stoppages, organizing drives and other labor problems could negatively impact our future profits.

Some of our employees are represented by labor unions. A lengthy strike or other work stoppages at any of our casino properties or construction projects could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We cannot provide any assurance that we will not experience additional and more successful union activity in the future.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt.

We continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to our financial health. For example, it could:

·       increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or a downturn in our business;

·       require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

·       limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

·       place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged;

·       limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds; and

·       result in an event of default if we fail to satisfy our obligations under our debt or fail to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our debt, which event of default could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable and could permit certain of our lenders to foreclose on our assets securing such debt.

20




Any of the above listed factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including to fund acquisitions. The terms of our existing indebtedness do not, and any future debt may not, fully prohibit us from doing so. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

The availability and cost of financing could have an adverse effect on business.

We intend to finance our current and future expansion and renovation projects primarily with cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current senior secured credit facility and equity or debt financings. If we are unable to finance our current or future expansion projects, we will have to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying planned expansion, development and renovation projects as well as capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional equity financing or joint venture partners, or modifying our senior secured credit facility. These sources of funds may not be sufficient to finance our expansion, and other financing may not be available on acceptable terms, in a timely manner or at all. In addition, our existing indebtedness contains certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness. If we are unable to secure additional financing, we could be forced to limit or suspend expansion, development and renovation projects, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our indebtedness imposes restrictive covenants on us.

Our existing senior secured credit facility requires us, among other obligations, to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial tests, including fixed charge coverage and total leverage and senior leverage ratios. In addition, our existing senior secured credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, repay indebtedness or amend debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, make investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate activities. A failure to comply with the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing our existing senior subordinated notes could lead to an event of default thereunder which could result in an acceleration of such indebtedness. In addition, the indentures relating to our senior subordinated notes restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness (excluding certain indebtedness under senior secured credit facility), make certain payments and dividends or merge or consolidate. A failure to comply with the restrictions in any of the indentures governing the notes could result in an event of default under such indenture which could result in an acceleration of such indebtedness and a default under our other debt, including our existing senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facility.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control.

Based on our current level of operations, we believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our existing senior secured credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for the next few years. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our existing senior secured credit facility in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, including with respect to our indebtedness. In addition, if we consummate significant acquisitions in the future, our cash requirements may increase significantly. As we are required to satisfy amortization requirements under our existing senior secured credit facility or as other debt matures, we may also need to raise funds to refinance all or a portion of our debt. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt, including our existing senior secured credit facility, on attractive terms, commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our future operating performance and our ability to service or refinance the notes, extend or refinance our debt, including our existing senior secured credit facility, will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

21




The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

Our stock price may fluctuate in response to a number of events and factors, such as variations in operating results, actions by various regulatory agencies and legislatures, litigation, operating competition, market perceptions, progress with respect to potential acquisitions, changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts, the actions of rating agencies, the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to us, and news reports relating to trends in our markets or general economic conditions.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following describes our principal real estate properties:

Charles Town Entertainment Complex.   We own a 288-acre parcel in Charles Town, West Virginia, a portion of which contains the Charles Town Entertainment Complex. The property also includes a 3¤4 -mile all weather, lighted thoroughbred racetrack and an enclosed grandstand/clubhouse.

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg.   The Argosy VI is a riverboat casino, which we own. We own and lease 52 acres in Lawrenceburg, Indiana, a portion of which serves as the dockside embarkation for the Argosy VI, and includes an entertainment pavilion, a hotel, and a parking garage. In addition, we own a 52 acre parcel on Route 50 which we use for remote parking.

Hollywood Casino Aurora.   We own a dockside barge structure and land-based pavilion in Aurora, Illinois. The property also includes two parking garages under capital lease agreements.

Empress Casino Hotel.   We own approximately 260 acres in Joliet, Illinois, which includes a barge-based casino, a hotel and an entertainment pavilion.

Argosy Casino Riverside.   We own approximately 34 acres in Riverside, Missouri, which includes a barge-based casino, an entertainment facility and a parking garage.

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge.   The Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge (formerly known as Casino Rouge) is a four-story riverboat casino, which we own. We own a 17.4 -acre site on the east bank of the Mississippi River in the East Baton Rouge Downtown Development District. The property site serves as the dockside embarkation for the Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge and features a two-story building. We also own 5.5 acres of land that are used primarily for offices, warehousing, and parking.

Argosy Casino Alton.   The Alton Belle II is a riverboat casino, which we own. We lease a 2.5 acre parcel in Alton, Illinois, a portion of which serves as the dockside boarding for the Alton Belle II.  The dockside facility includes an entertainment pavilion and office space.  In addition, we lease an office building adjacent to the property and own an office building nearby.

Hollywood Casino Tunica.   We lease approximately 70 acres of land in Tunica, Mississippi, which contains a single-level casino and other land-based facilities. Hollywood Casino Tunica is located amongst a cluster of gaming facilities, including those operated by Resorts International and Boyd Gaming Corporation.

Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis.   We own approximately 614 acres in the city of Bay St. Louis, Mississippi, including the 17-acre marina. The property includes an 18-hole golf course, one hotel, and other land-based facilities, all of which we own.

Argosy Casino Sioux City.   We have a lease in Sioux City, Iowa, for the landing rights, which includes the dockside embarkation for the Argosy IV. The Argosy IV is a riverboat casino. We own the Argosy IV as well as adjacent barge facilities.

22




Boomtown Biloxi.   We lease 17 land acres, most of which is utilized for the gaming location under a 99-year lease that began in 1994. We also lease approximately 5 acres of submerged tidelands at the casino site from the State of Mississippi under a ten-year lease with a five-year option to renew. We own the barge on which the casino is located and all of the land-based facilities. In addition, we own 6.5 acres in adjacent property, which we plan to utilize for additional parking and to develop the property.

Bangor Raceway and Hollywood Slots at Bangor.   We lease approximately 26 acres located at Bass Park in Bangor, Maine, which consists of over 12,000 square feet of grandstand space with seating for 3,500 patrons. In addition, the Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility, which we lease, consists of just over 2 acres and is located near our Bass Park property. In late December of 2006 we purchased the former Holiday Inn in Bangor Maine, which included 7.8 acres of land.

Bullwhackers.   Our Bullwhackers Casino, the adjoining Bullpen Sports Casino and the Silver Hawk Saloon and Casino are located on an approximately four-acre site. We own the Bullwhackers Casino and Silver Hawk Saloon and Casino properties and lease Bullpen Sports Casino property. On August 30, 2006, we purchased the gas station/ convenience store located approximately 7 miles east of Bullwhackers Casino on Highway 119. This is approximately a 7.6 acre site.

Casino Rama.   We do not own any of the land located at or near the casino or Casino Rama’s facilities and equipment. The Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation has a long-term ground lease with an affiliate of the Mnjikaning First Nation, for the land on which Casino Rama is situated. Under the Development and Operating Agreement, CHC Casinos Canada Limited has been granted full access to Casino Rama during the term of the Development and Operating Agreement to perform its services under the Agreement. The Casino Rama facilities are located on approximately 57 acres.

Penn National Race Course.   We own approximately 625 acres in Grantville, Pennsylvania, of which 225 is where the Penn National Race Course is located. Currently, the property includes a one-mile all-weather thoroughbred racetrack and a 7¤8-mile turf track, and a temporary simulcast facility. The property also includes approximately 400 acres surrounding the Penn National Race Course that are available for future expansion or development.

Raceway Park.   We own approximately 92 acres in Toledo, Ohio, where Raceway Park is located. The property includes a 5¤8-mile harness race track, including a clubhouse and a grandstand.

Freehold Raceway.   Through our joint venture, we own a 51-acre site in Freehold in Western Monmouth County, New Jersey where Freehold Raceway in located. The property features a half-mile oval harness track and a grandstand.

Off-track wagering facilities (“OTWs”).   We own one of our existing OTW facilities and lease the remaining five facilities. The following is a list of our OTW facilities and their locations:

Our OTW Locations

Location

 

 

 

Size (Sq. Ft.)

 

Owned/Leased

 

Date Opened

Reading, PA

 

22,500

 

Leased

 

May 1992

Chambersburg, PA

 

12,500

 

Leased

 

April 1994

York, PA

 

25,000

 

Leased

 

March 1995

Lancaster, PA

 

24,000

 

Leased

 

July 1996

Williamsport, PA

 

14,000

 

Owned

 

February 1997

Johnstown, PA

 

14,220

 

Leased

 

September 1998

 

Other.   We lease 32,196 square feet of office and warehouse space for buildings in Wyomissing, Pennsylvania for our executive offices from affiliates of Peter M. Carlino, our Chairman and Chief

23




Executive Officer. We believe the lease terms for the executive office and warehouse to be no less favorable than such lease terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various legal and administrative proceedings relating to personal injuries, employment matters, commercial transactions and other matters arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the final outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. In addition, the Company maintains what it believes is adequate insurance coverage to further mitigate the risks of such proceedings. However, such proceedings can be costly, time consuming and unpredictable and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of such proceedings may not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Further, no assurance can be given that the amount or scope of existing insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover losses arising from such matters.

The following proceedings could result in costs, settlements, damages, or rulings that materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition or operating results. In each instance, we believe that we have meritorious defenses, claims and/or counter-claims, and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves or pursue our claim.

In October 2002, in response to the Company’s plans to relocate the river barge underlying the Boomtown Biloxi casino to an adjacent property, the lessor of the property on which the Boomtown Biloxi casino conducts a portion of its dockside operations filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi seeking a declaratory judgment that (i) the Company must use the leased premises for a gaming use or, in the alternative, (ii) after the move, the Company will remain obligated to make the revenue-based rent payments to plaintiff set forth in the lease. The plaintiff filed this suit immediately after the Mississippi Gaming Commission approved the Company’s request to relocate the barge. Since such approval, the Mississippi Department of Marine Resources and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers have also approved the Company’s plan to relocate the barge. In March 2004, the trial court ruled in favor of the Company on all counts. The plaintiff appealed the decision to the Fifth Circuit, which upheld the tenant’s right to relocate but remanded the case to the trial court because there was insufficient evidence in the record to determine whether the casino barge would be relocated to a place which would trigger the increased rent obligation under the lease. The trial is scheduled for May 14, 2007. The Company has filed a motion for summary judgment. The parties have also engaged in active settlement negotiations, but have not yet reached a final settlement of this matter.

In November 2005, Capital Seven, LLC and Shawn A. Scott (“Capital Seven”), the sellers of Bangor Historic Track (“BHT”), filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking $30 million plus interest and other damages. Capital Seven alleges a breach of contract by the Company based on the Company’s payment of a $51 million purchase price for the purchase of BHT instead of an alleged $81 million purchase price the sellers claim is due under the purchase agreement. The parties had agreed that the purchase price of BHT would be determined, in part, by the applicable gaming taxes imposed by Maine on the Company’s operations, and currently are disputing the effective tax rate. The dispute is currently in its initial stages. Pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures, the Company deposited $30 million in escrow, pending a resolution. This amount is included within the other assets line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The parties recently completed their selection of arbitrators.

In conjunction with the Company’s merger with Argosy Gaming Company (“Argosy”), and subsequent disposition of the Argosy Casino Baton Rouge property, the Company became responsible for litigation initiated over eight years ago related to the Baton Rouge property formerly owned by Argosy. On November 26, 1997, Capitol House filed an amended petition in the Nineteenth Judicial District Court for East Baton Rouge Parish, State of Louisiana, amending its previously filed but unserved suit against Richard Perryman, the person selected by the Louisiana Gaming Division to evaluate and rank the

24




applicants seeking a gaming license for East Baton Rouge Parish, and adding state law claims against Jazz Enterprises, Inc., the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. Shareholders, Argosy, Argosy of Louisiana, Inc. and Catfish Queen Partnership in Commendam, d/b/a the Belle of Baton Rouge Casino. This suit alleges that these parties violated the Louisiana Unfair Trade Practices Act in connection with obtaining the gaming license that was issued to Jazz Enterprises, Inc./Catfish Queen Partnership in Commendam. The plaintiff, an applicant for a gaming license whose application was denied by the Louisiana Gaming Division, seeks to prove that the gaming license was invalidly issued and seeks to recover lost gaming revenues that the plaintiff contends it could have earned if the gaming license had been properly issued to the plaintiff. On October 2, 2006, the Company prevailed on a partial summary judgment motion which limited plaintiff’s damages to its out-of-pocket costs in seeking its gaming license, thereby eliminating any recovery for potential lost gaming profits. On February 6, 2007, the jury returned a verdict of $3.8 million (exclusive of statutory interest) against Jazz Enterprises, Inc. and Argosy. Pursuant to the verdict, the Company established an appropriate reserve at December 31, 2006. The Company is in the process of preparing post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict. The Company has the right to seek indemnification from two of the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. shareholders for any liability suffered as a result of such cause of action, however, there can be no assurance that the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. shareholders will have assets sufficient to satisfy any claim in excess of Argosy’s recoupment rights.

In May 2006, the Illinois Legislature passed into law House Bill 1918, effective May 26, 2006, which singled out four of the nine Illinois casinos, including the Company’s Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora, for a 3% tax surcharge to subsidize local horse racing interests. We began paying this tax surcharge during the three months ended June 30, 2006, and we will continue to pay this tax surcharge in upcoming periods. On May 30, 2006, Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora joined with the two other riverboats affected by the law, Harrah’s Joliet and the Grand Victoria Casino in Elgin, and filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Twelfth Judicial District in Will County, Illinois (the “Court”), asking the Court to declare the law unconstitutional. The State agreed to the entry of an order that establishes a protest fund for all of the tax surcharge payments and enjoins the Treasurer from making any payments out of that fund pending the final outcome of the litigation. Should the casinos prevail with their challenge, the incremental taxes paid under protest would be refunded. We anticipate a long process before a resolution to this matter can be reached.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

25




PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Range of Market Price

Our common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “PENN.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ National Market.

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

42.48

 

$

30.95

 

Second Quarter

 

43.59

 

35.00

 

Third Quarter

 

39.09

 

31.01

 

Fourth Quarter

 

41.99

 

36.57

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

34.84

 

$

28.74

 

Second Quarter

 

36.61

 

29.75

 

Third Quarter

 

38.60

 

31.00

 

Fourth Quarter

 

33.52

 

26.30

 

 

The closing sale price per share of our common stock on The NASDAQ National Market on February 14, 2007, was $44.78. As of February 14, 2007, there were approximately 663 holders of record of our common stock. All references to sales prices of our common stock have been retroactively restated to reflect the increased number of our common stock shares outstanding pursuant to the March 7, 2005 stock split.

Dividend Policy

Since our initial public offering of common stock in May 1994, we have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain all of our earnings to finance the development of our business, and thus, do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Payment of any cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our future earnings, operations and capital requirements, our general financial condition and general business conditions. Moreover, our existing credit facility prohibits us from authorizing, declaring or paying any dividends until our commitments under the credit facility have been terminated and all amounts outstanding thereunder have been repaid. In addition, future financing arrangements may prohibit the payment of dividends under certain conditions.

26




ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial and operating data for the year ended December 31, 2006 is derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The following selected consolidated financial and operating data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are derived from our consolidated financial statements that had been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The selected consolidated financial and operating data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other financial information included herein.

The following is a listing of our acquisitions and dispositions that occurred during the five-year period ended December 31, 2006:

·       In April 2002, we acquired the Bullwhackers Casino and related properties.

·       In March 2003, we acquired Hollywood Casino Corporation.

·       In January 2005, we transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority (“MTGA”). The sale was not considered final until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding until August 7, 2006.

·       In July 2005, the Hollywood Casino Shreveport property was disposed of.

·       In October 2005, we acquired Argosy Gaming Company (“Argosy”) and divested the Argosy Casino Baton Rouge property.

27




 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005(1)

 

2004

 

2003(2)

 

2002(3)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Income statement data:(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

2,244,547

 

$

1,369,105

 

$

1,105,290

 

$

980,520

 

$

608,327

 

Total operating expenses

 

1,666,706

 

1,125,557

 

891,510

 

803,985

 

510,083

 

Income from continuing operations

 

577,841

 

243,548

 

213,780

 

176,535

 

98,244

 

Other expenses, net

 

(207,909

)

(101,778

)

(76,152

)

(76,878

)

(52,381

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

369,932

 

141,770

 

137,628

 

99,657

 

45,863

 

Taxes on income

 

156,852

 

54,593

 

50,288

 

37,463

 

17,534

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

213,080

 

87,177

 

87,340

 

62,194

 

28,329

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

114,008

 

33,753

 

(15,856

)

(10,723

)

2,534

 

Net income

 

$

327,088

 

$

120,930

 

$

71,484

 

$

51,471

 

$

30,863

 

Per share data:(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share—Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2.53

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.79

 

$

0.38

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

1.35

 

0.41

 

(0.20

)

(0.14

)

0.03

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

3.88

 

$

1.46

 

$

0.89

 

$

0.65

 

$

0.41

 

Earnings (loss) per share—Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2.46

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.05

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.36

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

1.32

 

0.39

 

(0.19

)

(0.14

)

0.03

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

3.78

 

$

1.41

 

$

0.86

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.39

 

Weighted shares outstanding—Basic

 

84,229

 

82,893

 

80,510

 

78,946

 

75,550

 

Weighted shares outstanding—Diluted

 

86,634

 

85,857

 

83,508

 

81,224

 

78,188

 

Other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

281,809

 

$

150,475

 

$

197,164

 

$

140,779

 

$

101,641

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(302,341

)

(1,978,800

)

(67,114

)

(331,607

)

(102,064

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

56,427

 

1,873,221

 

(124,177

)

217,459

 

18,312

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,951

 

72,531

 

65,785

 

57,471

 

34,518

 

Interest expense

 

196,328

 

89,344

 

75,720

 

76,616

 

42,104

 

Capital expenditures

 

408,883

 

121,135

 

68,957

 

56,733

 

88,533

 

Balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents(6)

 

$

168,515

 

$

132,620

 

$

87,620

 

$

81,567

 

$

54,536

 

Total assets

 

4,514,082

 

4,190,404

 

1,632,701

 

1,609,599

 

765,480

 

Total debt(6)

 

2,829,448

 

2,786,229

 

858,909

 

990,123

 

375,018

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

921,163

 

546,543

 

398,092

 

309,878

 

247,000

 


(1)          Reflects the operations of Argosy properties since the October 1, 2005 acquisition effective date.

(2)          Reflects the operations of the Hollywood Casino properties since the March 1, 2003 acquisition effective date.

(3)          Reflects operations included since the April 25, 2002 acquisition of Bullwhackers.

(4)          For purposes of comparability, certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(5)          Per share data has been retroactively restated to reflect the increased number of common stock shares outstanding as a result of our March 7, 2005 and June 25, 2002 stock splits.

(6)          Does not include discontinued operations.

28




ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our Operations

We are a leading, diversified, multi-jurisdictional owner and operator of gaming and pari-mutuel properties. We now own or operate seventeen facilities in thirteen jurisdictions, including Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Maine, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Ontario. In addition, on November 7, 2006, we agreed to acquire Zia Park Racetrack and its Black Gold Casino (“Zia Park”) in New Mexico. The transaction is expected to close mid-2007, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval. We believe that our portfolio of assets provides us with a diversified cash flow from operations.

We have made significant acquisitions in the past few years, and expect to continue to pursue additional acquisition and development opportunities in the future. On March 3, 2003, we acquired Hollywood Casino Corporation, which significantly increased our revenues and cash flow. On February 12, 2004, we purchased Bangor Historic Track, Inc., in Bangor, Maine. On October 3, 2005, we completed our largest acquisition to date, acquiring Argosy Gaming Company (“Argosy”). In early November 2005, we opened a temporary gaming facility in Bangor, Maine. On July 5, 2004, Pennsylvania Governor Edward G. Rendell signed into law the Pennsylvania Race Horse Development and Gaming Act. Our plan is to develop a completely new gaming and racing facility at our Penn National Race Course in Grantville, Pennsylvania. Under this plan, we expect to open a new permanent facility with 2,000 slot machines around the first quarter of 2008 at an estimated cost of $310 million, inclusive of the $50 million gaming license fee, with the ability to add 1,000 machines as soon as demand warrants. We have a master plan to accommodate up to 5,000 gaming devices, based on demand. In late December 2006, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board (the “PGCB”) granted us a Category 1 slot machine license.

The vast majority of our revenues is gaming revenue, derived primarily from gaming on slot machines and, to a lesser extent, table games. Other revenues are derived from our management service fee from Casino Rama, our hotel, dining, retail, admissions, program sales, concessions and certain other ancillary activities, and our racing operations. Our racing revenue is derived from wagering on our live races, wagering on import simulcasts at our racetracks and off-track wagering facilities (“OTWs”) and through account wagering, and fees from wagering on export simulcasting our races.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, we modified our segment reporting from two reportable segments to one reportable segment, as we believe that our gaming and racing properties can now be aggregated together in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), due to ongoing changes at our racing properties, including the upcoming introduction of slot machines at Penn National Race Course.

We intend to continue to expand our gaming operations through the implementation of a disciplined capital expenditure program at our existing properties and the continued pursuit of strategic acquisitions of gaming properties, particularly in attractive regional markets.

Key performance indicators related to revenues are:

·       Gaming revenue indicators—slot handle (volume indicator), table game drop (volume indicator) and “win” or “hold” percentages. Our typical property slot win percentage is in the range of 6% to 10% of slot handle and our typical table games win percentage is in the range of 15% to 25% of table game drop; and

·       Racing revenue indicators—pari-mutuel wagering commissions (volume indicator) earned on wagering on our live races, wagering on import simulcasts at our racetracks and OTWs and through account wagering, and fees from wagering on export simulcasting our races at out-of-state locations.

29




Our properties generate significant operating cash flow, since most of our revenue is cash-based from slot machines and pari-mutuel wagering. Our business is capital intensive, and we rely on cash flow from our properties to generate operating cash to repay debt, fund capital maintenance expenditures, fund new capital projects at existing properties and provide excess cash for future development and acquisitions.

Executive Summary

Factors affecting our results for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, included the October 2005 Argosy acquisition, the settlement of our business interruption and property damage claims under our all-risk property insurance program resulting from Hurricane Katrina’s impact on Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis (formerly known as Casino Magic—Bay St. Louis) and Boomtown Biloxi, the recognition of a gain on the sale of discontinued operations, growth at several of our properties, including the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, the contribution of Hollywood Slots at Bangor (which opened in November 2005) and the recording of a goodwill impairment charge for Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis.

Highlights for the year:

·       Net revenues increased $875.4 million, or 63.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily due to the acquisition of Argosy, growth at several of our properties, including the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, and the contribution of Hollywood Slots at Bangor.

·       Net income and diluted earnings per share increased by approximately 170% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.

·       The results of operations of Argosy, which we acquired on October 3, 2005, have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the October 1, 2005 acquisition effective date.

·       During the year ended December 31, 2006, our financial results benefited from a settlement agreement with our property and business interruption insurance providers for a total of $225 million for Hurricane Katrina-related losses at our Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi properties, as well as minor proceeds related to our National Flood Insurance coverage and auto insurance claims. Reflecting the settlement agreement, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $128.3 million ($81.8 million, net of taxes).

·       As a result of our entry into the Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement and Release of Claims (“Amendment and Release”) with the Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority (“MTGA”), we recorded, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), a net book gain on the $250 million sale ($280 million initial price, less $30 million payable pursuant to the Amendment and Release) of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA of $114.0 million (net of $84.9 million of income taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006.

·       As a result of the increased asset values resulting from the reconstruction at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, we determined that all of the goodwill associated with the original purchase of the property was impaired. Accordingly, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $34.5 million ($22.0 million, net of taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Other Developments:

·       On November 7, 2006, Zia Park, LLC (the “Buyer”), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Zia Partners, LLC (“Zia”) and (solely with respect to specified sections thereof which relate to our guarantee described below) us, whereby the Buyer will acquire from Zia the Black Gold Casino and Zia Park Racetrack, located on approximately 320 acres in Hobbs, New Mexico, and all related assets of Zia for a purchase price of $200 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment and certain

30




other adjustments, and will assume specific liabilities of Zia. Upon the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Buyer made a deposit of $10 million toward the purchase price. We have guaranteed the payment and performance of the Buyer’s obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement. The transaction is expected to close by mid-2007, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval. We intend to fund this purchase with additional borrowings under our existing $750 million revolving credit facility.

·       On August 8, 2006, we renewed our property insurance coverage in the amount of $200 million. The $200 million coverage is “all risk”, including “named windstorm”, flood and earthquake. Also, we purchased an additional $250 million of “all risk” coverage that is subject to certain exclusions including, among others, exclusion for “named windstorms”, floods and earthquakes. There is a $25 million deductible for “named windstorm” events, and lesser deductibles as they apply to other perils. The premium for this coverage was $10.1 million higher during the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.

·       On July 27, 2006, we announced that, by mutual agreement, Kevin DeSanctis, our President and Chief Operating Officer, would be leaving us. In accordance with an agreement effective October 9, 2006, Mr. DeSanctis ceased to be an executive officer. In order to facilitate an orderly transition, Mr. DeSanctis remained an employee through February 9, 2007. We have retained Heidrick & Struggles International, Inc. to assist us in identifying a successor to Mr. DeSanctis.

·       Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on June 29, 2006 and August 31, 2006, respectively.

·       Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg continues to move forward with the construction of a planned casino development. The development includes a 1,500 space parking garage, a two-level 270,000 square foot riverboat, and numerous infrastructure upgrades to allow more convenient access to the property. Due to ongoing environmental and archeological studies at the site, the expected opening date for the parking facility will now be the second quarter of 2008, while the expanded casino floor will now open in the second quarter of 2009. The new riverboat will allow up to 4,000 positions on one level, and another 400 positions will be added to the second level, along with restaurants and other amenities on the gaming riverboat.

·       In late December 2006, the PGCB granted us a Category 1 slot machine license for the placement of slot machines at our planned Hollywood Casino racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In August 2006, we commenced construction of the integrated racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In preparation for the construction, we closed and razed the aged grandstand and clubhouse at Penn National Race Course, and opened a new 24,000 square foot temporary facility offering pari-mutuel wagering, food and beverage services, more than 250 television monitors, administrative offices and facilities for jockeys. The Hollywood Casino at Penn National will be a 365,000 square foot facility, and will be sized for 3,000 slot machines, with 2,000 positions planned at opening.

·       In late December 2006, we completed the purchase of the former Holiday Inn in Bangor, Maine, where we will be building the permanent Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility. Due to the results currently generated by our temporary facility and a substantial number of patrons driving significant distances to Hollywood Slots at Bangor, we are adding a hotel to the plans for the permanent facility, which will feature a two-story, semi-circular, glass tower casino area, a four-story parking garage, restaurants, retail space and a new simulcast facility for off-track wagering. Construction of the facility, which will open with 1,000 slot machines and have capacity for 1,500 gaming machines, is planned to commence in the first half of 2007, following the demolition of the existing hotel and adjacent buildings.

·       At the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, we completed construction of a 378-seat buffet and a new parking garage, which doubled our structured parking to 5,048 spaces. In addition, we continue

31




to build and develop the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, with the current expansion of the property including a hotel and a 65,000 square foot expansion of the gaming floor. The expansion of the gaming floor, which is expected to be completed in two phases, will enable us to initially add 800 more slot machines, with capacity for an additional 1,000 slot machines thereafter. We expect the opening of the first phase of expansion to occur in May 2007.

·       Argosy Casino Riverside continues to make progress on the 258-room hotel that is expected to open in April 2007.

·       In May 2006, the Illinois Legislature passed into law House Bill 1918, effective May 26, 2006, which singled out four of the nine Illinois casinos, including our Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora, for a 3% tax surcharge to subsidize local horse racing interests. We began paying this tax surcharge during the three months ended June 30, 2006, and we will continue to pay this tax surcharge in upcoming periods. On May 30, 2006, Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora joined with the two other riverboats affected by the law, Harrah’s Joliet and the Grand Victoria Casino in Elgin, and filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Twelfth Judicial District in Will County, Illinois (the “Court”), asking the Court to declare the law unconstitutional. The State agreed to the entry of an order that establishes a protest fund for all of the tax surcharge payments and enjoins the Treasurer from making any payments out of that fund pending the final outcome of the litigation. Should the casinos prevail with their challenge, the incremental taxes paid under protest would be refunded. We anticipate a long process before a resolution to this matter can be reached.

·       In Ohio, as the owner of Raceway Park in Toledo, we provided support during 2006 for a proposed constitutional amendment that would have established a tuition grant program for Ohio students to attend public or private colleges in the state by allowing up to 3,500 slot machines at each of the state’s seven existing racetracks and two locations in downtown Cleveland. On November 7, 2006, the proposed constitutional amendment was voted down by Ohio citizens. Our efforts and funding of this referendum reduced our earnings on a short-term basis.

·       In April 2006, we entered into $300 million of new interest rate swap agreements, which brought our swapped portion of LIBOR rate debt to $1.3 billion. The effective date of the swap agreements was May 8, 2006, and will be for a period of five years.

·       On March 15, 2006, we redeemed $175 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 87¤8% senior subordinated notes due March 15, 2010. The redemption price was $1,044.38 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the scheduled redemption date. We funded the redemption of the notes from available cash and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

For 2007, we will be focused on the above initiatives and other factors affecting the business similar to the drivers of our 2006 results, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The risks to achieving our financial objectives for 2007 are discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Important Factors Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Critical Accounting Policies

We make certain judgments and use certain estimates and assumptions when applying accounting principles in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The nature of the estimates and assumptions are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain factors or the susceptibility of such factors to change. We have identified the policies related to the accounting for long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes and litigation, claims and assessments as critical accounting policies, which require us to make significant judgments, estimates and assumptions.

32




We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, and in certain situations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

The development and selection of the critical accounting policies, and the related disclosures, have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Long-lived assets

At December 31, 2006, we had a net property and equipment balance of $1,365.9 million, representing 30% of total assets. We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are determined based on the nature of the assets as well as our current operating strategy. We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. The factors considered by us in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, as well as the effect of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. In estimating expected future cash flows for determining whether an asset is impaired, assets are grouped at the individual property level. In assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of property and equipment, we must make assumptions regarding future cash flows and other factors. If these estimates or the related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment loss for these assets. Such an impairment loss would be calculated based upon the discounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset, and would be recognized as a non-cash component of operating income.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

At December 31, 2006, we had $1,869.4 million in goodwill and $726.1 million in other intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet, representing 41% and 16% of total assets, respectively, resulting from our acquisition of other businesses. Two issues arise with respect to these assets that require significant management estimates and judgment: (i) the valuation in connection with the initial purchase price allocation; and (ii) the ongoing evaluation for impairment.

In connection with our acquisitions, valuations were completed to determine the allocation of the purchase prices. The factors considered in the valuations included data gathered as a result of our due diligence in connection with the acquisitions and projections for future operations. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment by comparing the fair value of the recorded assets to their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), we consider our gaming license and trademark intangible assets as indefinite-life intangible assets that do not require amortization. Rather, these intangible assets are tested at least annually for impairment by comparing the fair value of the recorded assets to their carrying amount. If the carrying amounts of the gaming license and trademark intangible assets exceed their fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets requires the use of estimates about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations can materially affect these estimates. Once an impairment of goodwill or other indefinite-life intangible assets has been recorded, it cannot be reversed. Because our goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are not amortized, there may be volatility in reported income because impairment losses, if any, are likely to occur irregularly and in varying amounts. Intangible assets that have a definite-life, including the management service contract for Casino Rama, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives or related service contract. We review the carrying value of our intangible assets that have a definite-life for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may

33




not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the intangible assets that have a definite-life exceed their fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and are measured at the prevailing enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences are settled or realized. SFAS 109 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The realizability of the deferred tax assets is evaluated quarterly by assessing the valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of the allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. We have used tax-planning strategies to realize or renew net deferred tax assets in order to avoid the potential loss of future tax benefits.

In addition, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in each jurisdiction. These audits can involve complex issues that may require an extended period of time to resolve. In our opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.

Litigation, claims and assessments

We utilize estimates for litigation, claims and assessments. These estimates are based on our knowledge and experience regarding current and past events, as well as assumptions about future events. If our assessment of such a matter should change, we may have to change the estimate, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Results of Operations

The following are the most important factors and trends that contribute to our operating performance:

·       Most of our properties operate in mature competitive markets. As a result, we expect a majority of our future growth to come from prudent acquisitions of gaming properties, jurisdictional expansions (such as Pennsylvania and Maine) and property expansion in under-penetrated markets.

·       The continued pressure on governments to balance their budgets could intensify the efforts of state and local governments to raise revenues through increases in gaming taxes.

·       A number of states are currently considering or implementing legislation to legalize or expand gaming. Such legislation presents both potential opportunities to establish new properties (for instance, in Pennsylvania and Ohio) and potential competitive threats to business at our existing properties (such as Maryland, Ohio, and Kentucky). The timing and occurrence of these events remain uncertain. Legalized gaming from casinos located on Native American lands can also have a significant competitive effect.

·       The continued demand for, and our emphasis on, slot wagering entertainment at our properties.

·       The ongoing successful expansion and revenue gains at our Charles Town Entertainment Complex, Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg, Hollywood Casino at Penn National Race Course, Hollywood Slots at Bangor and Argosy Casino Riverside facilities.

·       Financing in a favorable interest rate environment and under an improved credit profile that facilitates our growth.

34




·       The impact of Hurricane Katrina on our facilities, our future insurance rates and the Mississippi Gulf Coast market.

·       The successful execution of the development and construction activities currently underway at a number of our facilities, as well as the risks associated with the costs, regulatory approval, and the timing for these activities.

The results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are summarized below:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gaming(1)

 

$

2,057,617

 

$

1,211,360

 

$

957,478

 

Management service fee

 

18,146

 

18,596

 

16,277

 

Food, beverage and other

 

275,700

 

213,089

 

197,150

 

Gross revenues

 

2,351,463

 

1,443,045

 

1,170,905

 

Less promotional allowances

 

(106,916

)

(73,940

)

(65,615

)

Net revenues

 

2,244,547

 

1,369,105

 

1,105,290

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gaming

 

1,063,063

 

646,305

 

510,159

 

Food, beverage and other

 

243,707

 

165,468

 

135,832

 

General and administrative

 

329,716

 

191,933

 

179,734

 

Hurricane

 

(128,253

)

21,145

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

34,522

 

 

 

Settlement costs

 

 

28,175

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,951

 

72,531

 

65,785

 

Total operating expenses

 

1,666,706

 

1,125,557

 

891,510

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

577,841

 

$

243,548

 

$

213,780

 


(1)          Reflects reclassification for cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

35




The results of continuing operations by property for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are summarized below:

 

 

Net Revenues(1)

 

Income (loss) from Continuing
Operations

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Charles Town Entertainment Complex

 

$

485,197

 

$

440,641

 

$

399,992

 

$

122,938

 

$

109,495

 

$

96,031

 

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg(2)

 

474,046

 

107,259

 

 

139,267

 

31,792

 

 

Hollywood Casino Aurora

 

245,475

 

227,339

 

219,562

 

70,140

 

65,972

 

59,372

 

Empress Casino Hotel(2)

 

238,843

 

58,228

 

 

47,822

 

14,019

 

 

Argosy Casino Riverside(2)

 

153,441

 

34,844

 

 

37,744

 

7,680

 

 

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge

 

144,001

 

129,675

 

102,909

 

52,097

 

16,645

 

25,543

 

Argosy Casino Alton(2)

 

115,194

 

26,046

 

 

21,373

 

3,615

 

 

Hollywood Casino Tunica

 

106,352

 

106,496

 

107,336

 

19,393

 

19,187

 

18,525

 

Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis

 

32,184

 

69,595

 

103,991

 

35,810

 

(5,855

)

9,996

 

Argosy Casino Sioux City(2)

 

53,909

 

13,218

 

 

13,363

 

2,929

 

 

Boomtown Biloxi

 

51,421

 

45,714

 

69,934

 

72,812

 

346

 

8,739

 

Hollywood Slots at Bangor

 

40,871

 

5,957

 

978

 

7,332

 

(1,845

)

(351

)

Bullwhackers

 

26,812

 

29,435

 

28,959

 

947

 

2,028

 

3,206

 

Casino Rama management service contract

 

18,146

 

18,595

 

16,277

 

16,765

 

17,234

 

15,485

 

Pennsylvania Racing Operations

 

50,303

 

53,777

 

55,352

 

629

 

(2,956

)

3,552

 

Raceway Park(2)

 

8,352

 

2,286

 

 

(651

)

124

 

 

Earnings from Pennwood Racing, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate overhead

 

 

 

 

(79,940

)

(36,862

)

(26,318

)

Total

 

$

2,244,547

 

$

1,369,105

 

$

1,105,290

 

$

577,841

 

$

243,548

 

$

213,780

 


(1)          Reflects reclassification for cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, net revenues are net of promotional allowances.

(2)          Reflects results since the October 1, 2005 acquisition effective date.

36




Revenues

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Gaming(1)

 

$

2,057,617

 

$

1,211,360

 

$

846,257

 

 

69.9

 %

 

Management service fee

 

18,146

 

18,596

 

(450

)

 

(2.4

)%

 

Food, beverage and other

 

275,700

 

213,089

 

62,611

 

 

29.4

 %

 

Gross revenue

 

2,351,463

 

1,443,045

 

908,418

 

 

63.0

 %

 

Less promotional allowances

 

(106,916

)

(73,940

)

(32,976

)

 

44.6

 %

 

Net revenues

 

$

2,244,547

 

$

1,369,105

 

$

875,442

 

 

63.9

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Gaming(1)

 

$

1,211,360

 

$

957,478

 

$

253,882

 

 

26.5

%

 

Management service fee

 

18,596

 

16,277

 

2,319

 

 

14.2

%

 

Food, beverage and other

 

213,089

 

197,150

 

15,939

 

 

8.1

%

 

Gross revenue

 

1,443,045

 

1,170,905

 

272,140

 

 

23.2

%

 

Less promotional allowances

 

(73,940

)

(65,615

)

(8,325

)

 

12.7

%

 

Net revenues

 

$

1,369,105

 

$

1,105,290

 

$

263,815

 

 

23.9

%

 


(1)          Reflects reclassification for cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Gaming revenue

Gaming revenue increased by $846.3 million, or 69.9%, to $2,057.6 million in 2006, and increased by $253.9 million, or 26.5%, to $1,211.4 million in 2005, due to the Argosy acquisition, growth at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, Hollywood Casino Aurora and Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge (formerly known as Casino Rouge), and the introduction of the Hollywood Slots at Bangor temporary facility. The increase in gaming revenue in 2006 was offset by a decrease at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, while the increase in gaming revenue in 2005 was offset by decreases at both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi.

The addition of the Argosy properties increased gaming revenues by $761.6 million and $228.8 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Gaming revenue at our Charles Town Entertainment Complex increased by $45.4 million and $39.9 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, as a result of an increase in patronage due to increased market awareness and expansion of the property. The total average gaming machines on the floor equaled 4,136, 4,119, and 3,659 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Gaming revenue at Hollywood Casino Aurora increased by $18.5 million in 2006, as a result of the continued refinement of the marketing programs implemented in 2005, as well as increases to the incentives offered to existing customers.

Gaming revenue at Hollywood Casino Aurora increased by $8.7 million in 2005 as a result of marketing efforts to increase the number of visitations by customers and changes to the slot floor. During the third quarter of 2005, Illinois rolled back its gaming tax to pre-June 2003 levels and reduced the admissions tax from $4.00 to $3.00. As a result, Hollywood Casino Aurora initiated a number of marketing programs that focused on bringing back customers affected by the operational and marketing changes made in response to the gaming and admissions tax increases in 2003. These programs included the elimination of admissions charges, significant advertising of the free admission policy and the mailing of cash and food incentives to individuals who had not visited Hollywood Casino Aurora since 2003.

37




Gaming revenue at Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge increased by $14.0 million in 2006, as a result of the population growth in the Baton Rouge area, the economic impact of the regional recovery efforts and the reduced competition from casinos on the Mississippi Gulf Coast, all of which were related to the impact of Hurricane Katrina on the region, particularly within the first nine months of 2006. During the three months ended December 31, 2006, gaming revenue declined at Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge, as the population, economic and competitive impacts resulting from Hurricane Katrina began to dissipate.

Gaming revenue at Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge increased by $26.3 million in 2005, as a result of growth in patron visits and win per patron visit as the population of Baton Rouge grew with residents evacuating New Orleans and southeast Louisiana area after Hurricane Katrina.

Gaming revenue at the Hollywood Slots at Bangor temporary facility, which opened to customers in November 2005, increased by $33.3 million and $4.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The revenue gains observed during 2006 were partially offset by a $29.1 million decline at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, while the revenue gains identified during 2005 were partially offset by decreases of $31.6 million and $21.6 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, respectively. Both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi were closed effective August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

Management service fee

Management service fees from Casino Rama decreased by $0.5 million, or 2.4%, to $18.1 million in 2006, as a result of the Ontario smoking ban that was effective May 31, 2006.

Management service fees from Casino Rama increased by $2.3 million, or 14.2%, to $18.6 million in 2005, due to an emphasis on marketing programs that focused on trip generation, recent visitors, the hotel and convention center and the concert program. These programs increased slot play in the casino during 2005.

Food, beverage and other revenue

Food, beverage and other revenue increased by $62.6 million, or 29.4%, to $275.7 million in 2006, and increased by $15.9 million, or 8.1%, to $213.1 million in 2005. The addition of the Argosy properties increased food, beverage and other revenue by $78.9 million and $28.4 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase observed in 2006 was partially offset by decreases of $13.8 million and $2.1 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, which were closed effective August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. In addition, the increase identified during 2006 was partially offset by a decrease of $3.9 million at Penn National Race Course, which was modified from a permanent facility to a temporary facility in 2006 as construction began on Hollywood Casino at Penn National. The increase observed in 2005 was partially offset by decreases of $7.0 million and $4.3 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, which were closed effective August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

Promotional allowances

Promotional allowances increased by $33.0 million, or 44.6%, to $106.9 million in 2006, and increased by $8.3 million, or 12.7%, to $73.9 million in 2005. The addition of the Argosy properties increased promotional allowances by $38.5 million and $15.4 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase observed in 2006 was partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, while the increase identified in 2005 was partially offset by decreases of $4.1 million and $1.8 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, respectively, which were closed effective

38




August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006. In addition, the increase observed in 2005 was also partially offset by a decrease of $2.0 million at Hollywood Casino Aurora, as a result of admissions charges no longer being waived for customers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Gaming(1)

 

$

1,063,063

 

$

646,305

 

$

416,758

 

 

64.5

 %

 

Food, beverage and other

 

243,707

 

165,468

 

78,239

 

 

47.3

 %

 

General and administrative

 

329,716

 

191,933

 

137,783

 

 

71.8

 %

 

Hurricane

 

(128,253

)

21,145

 

(149,398

)

 

(706.5

)%

 

Goodwill impairment

 

34,522

 

 

34,522

 

 

100.0

 %

 

Settlement costs

 

 

28,175

 

(28,175

)

 

(100.0

)%

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,951

 

72,531

 

51,420

 

 

70.9

 %

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

1,666,706

 

$

1,125,557

 

$

541,149

 

 

48.1

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentag

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Gaming(1)

 

$

646,305

 

$

510,159

 

$

136,146

 

 

26.7

%

 

Food, beverage and other

 

165,468

 

135,832

 

29,636

 

 

21.8

%

 

General and administrative

 

191,933

 

179,734

 

12,199

 

 

6.8

%

 

Hurricane

 

21,145

 

 

21,145

 

 

100.0

%

 

Settlement costs

 

28,175

 

 

28,175

 

 

100.0

%

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

72,531

 

65,785

 

6,746

 

 

10.3

%

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

1,125,557

 

$

891,510

 

$

234,047

 

 

26.3

%

 


(1)          Reflects reclassification for cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Gaming expenses

Gaming expenses increased by $416.8 million, or 64.5%, to $1,063.1 million in 2006, and increased by $136.1 million, or 26.7%, to $646.3 million in 2005, due to the Argosy acquisition, increases at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex and Hollywood Casino Aurora, and the introduction of the Hollywood Slots at Bangor temporary facility. The increase in gaming expenses in 2006 was offset by a decrease at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, while the increase in gaming expenses in 2005 was offset by decreases at both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi.

The addition of the Argosy properties increased gaming expenses by $385.8 million and $117.3 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Gaming expenses at our Charles Town Entertainment Complex increased by $26.6 million and $24.3 in 2006 and 2005, respectively, due to increases in gaming taxes of $25.2 million and $24.7 million, respectively, which were a result of the increase in gaming revenues.

Gaming expenses at Hollywood Casino Aurora increased by $10.3 million in 2006 due to increases in gaming taxes, which were a result of the increase in gaming revenues and the 3% Illinois tax surcharge. Gaming expenses at Hollywood Casino Aurora increased by $.7 million in 2005 as a result of higher

39




gaming taxes, which were partially offset by labor reductions that resulted from the implementation of “ticket-in, ticket-out” (“TITO”) slot machine technology.

Gaming expenses at the Hollywood Slots at Bangor temporary facility, which opened to customers in November 2005, increased by $19.3 million and $2.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The expense increases observed during 2006 were partially offset by a decrease at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis of $27.9 million, while the expenses increases identified during 2005 were partially offset by decreases of $13.2 million and $5.5 million at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, respectively. Both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi were closed effective August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

Food, beverage and other expenses

Food, beverage and other expenses increased by $78.2 million, or 47.3%, to $243.7 million in 2006, and increased by $29.6 million, or 21.8%, to $165.5 million in 2005. The addition of the Argosy properties increased food, beverage and other expenses by $92.0 million and $31.0 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase observed in 2006 was offset by decreases at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, where food, beverage and other expenses declined by $9.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The increase identified in 2005 was offset by decreases at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, where food, beverage and other expenses decreased by $0.9 and $2.0 million, as a result of Hurricane Katrina. Both Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi were closed effective August 28, 2005, due to extensive Hurricane Katrina damage. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $137.8 million, or 71.8%, to $329.7 million in 2006, and increased by $12.2 million, or 6.8%, to $191.9 million in 2005. General and administrative expenses at the properties includes facility maintenance, utilities, property and liability insurance, housekeeping, and all administrative departments such as accounting, purchasing, human resources, legal and internal audit.

The addition of the Argosy properties increased general and administrative expenses by $86.0 million and $24.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

General and administrative expenses at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis increased by $7.9 million in 2006, as the property reopened on August 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis decreased by $13.9 million in 2005, as a result of Hurricane Katrina, which closed the property effective August 28, 2005.

General and administrative expenses at Boomtown Biloxi decreased by $11.8 million in 2005, as a result of Hurricane Katrina, which closed the property effective August 28, 2005.

General and administrative expenses at Hollywood Slots at Bangor, increased by $7.6 million and $1.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively as the property opened to customers in November 2005.

Corporate overhead expenses increased by $34.7 million due to costs incurred during 2006 for acquisition opportunities, increases in legal fees and lobbying costs, additional payroll expense for staffing, and our January 1, 2006 adoption of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires us to expense the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. This expense must be recognized ratably over the requisite service period following the date of grant. Compensation costs related to stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2006 totaled $20.6 million pre-tax.

40




Corporate overhead expenses increased by $7.3 million in 2005 as we incurred additional audit fees and additional internal audit department costs this period relative to compliance with the rules promulgated in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, particularly Section 404 (dealing with internal controls over financial reporting), an increase in legal fees associated with the Hollywood Casino Shreveport (“HCS”) bankruptcy filing and the Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge land lease litigation, additional payroll expense for staffing at the corporate office and higher payroll taxes as a result of the exercise of stock options.

Hurricane

During the year ended December 31, 2006, our financial results benefited from a settlement agreement with our property and business interruption insurance providers for a total of $225 million for Hurricane Katrina-related losses at our Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi properties, as well as minor proceeds related to our National Flood Insurance coverage and auto insurance claims. Reflecting the settlement agreement, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $128.3 million ($81.8 million, net of taxes).

We recognized a pre-tax charge of $21.1 million ($13.7 million after-tax) associated with the expenses incurred from Hurricane Katrina for the year ended December 31, 2005. The costs included property insurance and business interruption policy deductible expense (approximately $10.2 million), compensation being paid to employees through November 30, 2005 that exceeded the ordinary payroll limits under the business interruption policy (approximately $6.1 million), the purchase of replacement flood insurance for coverage during the remaining insurance policy term (approximately $3.6 million), contributions to the Penn National Gaming Foundation’s Hurricane Katrina Relief Project (approximately $1.0 million) and costs for insurance claim consultants (approximately $.2 million).

Goodwill impairment

As a result of the increased asset values resulting from the reconstruction at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, we determined that all of the goodwill associated with the original purchase of the property was impaired. Accordingly, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $34.5 million ($22.0 million, net of taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Settlement costs

Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge recorded one-time settlement costs of $28.2 million ($16.8 million after-tax) during the year ended December 31, 2005. The charge was part of the $30.5 million Settlement and Property Purchase Agreement, which terminated litigation between the parties, terminated the lease and mutually released all claims of the parties. The property acquired consists of land on the Mississippi River on which Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge conducts a significant portion of its dockside operations.

Depreciation and amortization expenses

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $51.4 million, or 70.9%, to $124.0 million in 2006, and increased by $6.7 million, or 10.3%, to $72.5 million in 2005. The addition of the Argosy properties increased depreciation and amortization expense by $45.4 million and $12.3 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase identified in 2005 was offset by a decrease of $5.5 million that was primarily a result of depreciation being suspended at the Mississippi properties for property and equipment as a result of Hurricane Katrina. In addition, accelerated depreciation was taken in 2004 for property and equipment that had been replaced or was no longer in service at the Mississippi properties.

41




Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows: (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Interest expense

 

$

(196,328

)

$

(89,344

)

$

(106,984

)

119.7

 %

Interest income

 

3,525

 

4,111

 

(586

)

(14.3

)%

(Loss) earnings from joint venture

 

(788

)

1,455

 

(2,243

)

(154.2

)%

Other

 

(4,296

)

39

 

(4,335

)

(11,115.4

)%

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

(10,022

)

(18,039

)

8,017

 

(44.4

)%

Total other income (expenses)

 

$

(207,909

)

$

(101,778

)

$

(106,131

)

104.3

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Variance

 

Variance

 

Interest expense

 

$

(89,344

)

$

(75,720

)

$

(13,624

)

18.0

 %

Interest income

 

4,111

 

2,093

 

2,018

 

96.4

 %

Earnings from joint venture

 

1,455

 

1,634

 

(179

)

(11.0

)%

Other

 

39

 

(392

)

431

 

109.9

%

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

(18,039

)

(3,767

)

(14,272

)

378.9

 %

Total other income (expenses)

 

$

(101,778

)

$

(76,152

)

$

(25,626

)

33.7

 %

 

Interest expense

Interest expense increased by $107.0 million, or 119.7%, to $196.3 million in 2006, and increased by $13.6 million, or 18.0%, to $89.3 million in 2005, as a result of our entry into a new senior secured credit facility in late 2005. On October 3, 2005, we entered into a $2.725 billion new senior secured credit facility. The senior secured credit facility is comprised of a $750.0 million revolving credit facility, a $325.0 million Term Loan A facility and up to $1.65 billion Term Loan B facility. The proceeds of the senior secured credit facility were used to, among other things, fund the consummation of our acquisition of Argosy, repay our and Argosy’s existing credit facilities, fund Argosy’s repurchase of all of its 9% senior subordinated notes and 7% senior subordinated notes tendered in the previously-announced tender offers and pay certain fees and expenses in connection the aforementioned transactions.

Interest income

Interest income increased by $2.0 million, or 96.4%, to $4.1 million in 2005. The increase was due to investing the $280 million received from the MTGA for the sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries in January 2005 and from available excess cash flow.

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

We recorded a $10.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of the redemption of $175 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 87¤8% senior subordinated notes due March 15, 2010. As a result of the redemption, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $10.0 million for the call premium and the write-off of the associated deferred financing fees. We recorded a $18.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2005 as a result of the following: $14.0 million loss for the redemption of our $200 million 111¤8% senior subordinated notes and a $5.7 million loss for the write-off of deferred finance charges relating to the termination of our previous senior secured credit facility, offset by a $1.7 million pre-tax gain for the termination of swap contracts related to the repaid loans.

42




Taxes

The increase in our effective tax rate to 42.4% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflects the impact of operating results in jurisdictions with higher state income tax, an adjustment for items identified in preparation of our tax returns, and the non-deductibility of permanent differences. These items were partially offset by the state income tax impact of our insurance gain, which occurred in a jurisdiction with a lower state income tax rate.

Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations reflect the results of HCS, The Downs Racing, Inc, and the sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge. We had a net loss, net of tax benefit, from discontinued operations of $4.1 million and $15.9 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

On August 27, 2004, HCS entered into an agreement of sale with Eldorado Resorts LLC (“Eldorado”). On September 10, 2004, a group of creditors led by Black Diamond Capital Management, LLC filed an involuntary Chapter 11 case against HCS. On July 6, 2005, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Chapter 11 plan that provided for the acquisition of HCS by affiliates of Eldorado and, on July 22, 2005, the acquisition was completed. As a result of the sale, we recorded a non-cash pre-tax gain of approximately $58.3 million, representing the aggregate amount of previously recorded losses. The after-tax effect of the gain is approximately $37.9 million. We recorded net losses of $5.5 and $18.3 million for HCS for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

On October 15, 2004, we announced the sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. In January 2005, we received $280 million from the MTGA, and transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. The sale was not considered final for accounting purposes until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding. On August 7, 2006, we entered into the Amendment and Release with the MTGA pertaining to the October 14, 2004 Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), and agreed to pay the MTGA an aggregate of $30 million over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of slot operations at Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs, in exchange for the MTGA’s agreement to release various claims it raised against us under the Purchase Agreement and the MTGA’s surrender of all post-closing termination rights it might have had under the Purchase Agreement. As a result of the Amendment and Release, we recorded, in accordance with GAAP, a net book gain on the $250 million sale ($280 million initial price, less $30 million payable pursuant to the Amendment and Release) of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA of $114.0 million (net of $84.9 million of income taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, we recorded the present value of the $30 million liability within debt, as the amount due to the MTGA is payable over five years, with the first payment date to occur in late 2007. We recorded a net loss of $38,000 and net income of $2.4 million for The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

On October 25, 2005, pursuant to the previously-announced Securities Purchase Agreement among Argosy, Wimar Tahoe Corporation and CP Baton Rouge Casino, L.L.C., an affiliate of Columbia Sussex Corporation, we completed the sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge to Columbia Sussex Corporation for approximately $148.6 million. We owned Argosy Casino Baton Rouge for twenty-four days prior to the sale, and recorded net income of $1.4 million for Argosy Casino Baton Rouge for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources have been cash flow from operations, borrowings from banks and proceeds from the issuance of debt and equity securities.

43




Net cash provided by operating activities was $281.8 million, $150.5 million, and $197.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 included net income of $327.1 million, non-cash reconciling items, such as depreciation, amortization and the tax benefit from the exercise of stock options, of $0.9 million, offset by net changes in current asset and liability accounts of $46.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $302.3 million, $1,978.8 million and $67.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 included expenditures for property and equipment totaling $408.9 million, offset by insurance proceeds from Hurricane Katrina of $104.1 million and proceeds from the sale of property and equipment totaling $2.4 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $56.4 million and $1,873.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities totaled $124.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 included proceeds from the sale of stock options totaling $12.2 million, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt equaling $195.7 million, the majority of which was our credit facility, and principal payments on the long-term debt totaling $177.1 million. The principal payment on long-term debt included the call for redemption of all $175 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 87¤8% senior subordinated notes due March 15, 2010. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 also included $32.5 million in proceeds from insurance financing, offset by $19.3 million in payments on insurance financing, as well as the tax benefit from stock options exercised which equaled $12.4 million.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures are accounted for as either capital project or capital maintenance (replacement) expenditures. Capital project expenditures are for fixed asset additions that expand an existing facility. Capital maintenance (replacement) expenditures are expenditures to replace existing fixed assets with a useful life greater than one year that are obsolete, worn out or no longer cost effective to repair.

The following table summarizes our capital project expenditures, other than capital maintenance expenditures and expenditures related to the repair of Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, by property for the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

 

Actual

 

Property

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Charles Town Entertainment Complex

 

 

$

48.6

 

 

Hollywood Casino at Penn National

 

 

28.6

 

 

Hollywood Slots at Bangor

 

 

11.0

 

 

Argosy Casino Riverside

 

 

37.3

 

 

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg

 

 

37.0

 

 

Boomtown Biloxi

 

 

15.3

 

 

Other

 

 

2.8

 

 

Totals

 

 

$

180.6

 

 

 

At the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, we completed construction of a 378-seat buffet and a new parking garage, which doubled our structured parking to 5,048 spaces.

In late December 2006, the PGCB granted us a Category 1 slot machine license for the placement of slot machines at our planned Hollywood Casino racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In August 2006, we commenced construction of the integrated racing and gaming facility at Penn National Race Course. In preparation for the construction, we closed and razed the aged grandstand and clubhouse at Penn National Race Course, and opened a new 24,000 square foot temporary facility offering pari-mutuel wagering, food and beverage services, more than 250 television monitors, administrative offices and facilities for jockeys.

44




In late December 2006, we completed the purchase of the former Holiday Inn in Bangor, Maine, where we will be building the permanent Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility.

At Argosy Casino Riverside, we are continuing to make progress on the 258-room hotel that is expected to open April 2007.

We continue to move forward with the construction of a planned casino development at Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg.

In 2006, we spent approximately $164.2 million for Hurricane Katrina-related capital project expenditures related to Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis.

In 2006, we spent approximately $64.1 million for capital maintenance expenditures at our properties. The majority of the capital maintenance expenditures were for slot machines and related slot machine equipment, including TITO equipment. With the exception of Bullwhackers, all of our gaming facilities are 100% TITO.

Cash generated from operations and cash available under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility funded our capital expenditure and capital maintenance expenditures in 2006.

The following table summarizes our expected capital project expenditures, other than capital maintenance expenditures and expenditures related to the repair of Boomtown Biloxi and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, by property for the year ending December 31, 2007 as well as the projects in their entirety:

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

Project Total

 

Property

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Charles Town Entertainment Complex

 

 

$

38.0

 

 

 

$

56.0

 

 

Hollywood Casino at Penn National

 

 

222.0

 

 

 

310.0

 

 

Hollywood Slots at Bangor

 

 

62.0

 

 

 

131.0

 

 

Argosy Casino Riverside

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

66.0

 

 

Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg

 

 

51.0

 

 

 

310.0

 

 

Other

 

 

16.0

 

 

 

26.5

 

 

Totals

 

 

$

396.0

 

 

 

$

899.5

 

 

 

·       We continue to build and develop the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, with plans for the current expansion of the property including a 153-room on-site hotel and a 65,000 square foot expansion of the gaming floor. The expansion of the gaming floor will enable us to initially add 800 gaming machines, with capacity for an additional 1,000 gaming machines thereafter. The complex has been approved to operate a maximum of 6,500 gaming machines. The expanded gaming floor is expected to be completed in two phases, with the first phase being completed in May 2007.

·       The Hollywood Casino at Penn National project includes a license fee of $50.0 million, the construction and fitting of a 365,000 square foot integrated racing and gaming facility, 2,000 slot machines (with the ability to add 1,000 additional machines), a 2,500 space parking garage and several restaurants. We plan on spending a total of $310.0 million in 2006, 2007 and 2008. The expected opening date is the first quarter of 2008.

·       Due to the results currently generated by our temporary Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility and a substantial number of patrons driving significant distances to Hollywood Slots at Bangor, we are adding a hotel to the plans for the permanent Hollywood Slots at Bangor facility, which will feature a two-story, semi-circular, glass tower casino area, a four-story parking garage, restaurants, retail space and a new simulcast facility for off-track wagering. Construction of the facility, which will open with 1,000 slot machines and have capacity for 1,500 gaming machines, is planned to

45




commence in the first half of 2007, following the demolition of the existing hotel and adjacent buildings.

·       The expansion at Argosy Casino Riverside will add a 258-room hotel that is expected to open April 2007. This hotel will increase the total banquet/conference facilities to 19,000 square feet, and parking to 3,000 spaces. We spent $46.0 million to date, and the total project budget is $66.0 million.

·       The expansion at Argosy Casino Lawrenceburg includes a 1,500 space parking garage, which is expected to open in the second quarter of 2008, a two-level 270,000 square foot riverboat, and numerous infrastructure upgrades to allow more convenient access to the property, which are expected to open in the second quarter of 2009. The new riverboat will allow up to 4,000 positions on one level and another 400 positions will be added to the second level, along with restaurants and other amenities on the gaming riverboat. We plan to spend an aggregate of $310.0 million on the project.

Debt

We made significant progress in improving our capital structure over the past few years, in anticipation of several new growth opportunities that we expect to take advantage of over the next few years. In January 2005, we received $280 million from the MTGA, and transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. The sale was not considered final for accounting purposes until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding. In March 2005, we completed a private offering of $250 million of 63¤4% senior subordinated notes. The proceeds from these activities were applied to the redemption of $200 million of our 111¤8% Series B senior subordinated notes and were applied to previously-announced development projects. In October 2005, we entered into a $2.725 billion new senior secured credit facility. The proceeds of the senior secured credit facility were used to, among other things, fund the consummation of our acquisition of Argosy, repay our and Argosy’s existing credit facilities, fund Argosy’s repurchase of all of its 9% senior subordinated notes and 7% senior subordinated notes tendered in the previously-announced tender offers and consent solicitations and pay certain fees and expenses in connection with the aforementioned transactions. Consistent with our management of our capital structure, in February 2006 we called for the redemption of the $175 million of our outstanding 87¤8% senior subordinated notes. We funded the note redemption from available cash and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which we expect to result in lower levels of debt service going forward.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 3, 2005, we entered into a $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility to fund our acquisition of Argosy, including payment for all of Argosy’s outstanding shares, the retirement of certain long-term debt of Argosy and its subsidiaries, the payment of related transaction costs, and to provide additional working capital. Concurrent with this financing, our previous senior credit facility was terminated, which resulted in an early extinguishment of debt charge of $4.0 million. The $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility consists of three credit facilities comprised of a $750 million revolving credit facility (of which $389.5 million was drawn at December 31, 2006), a $325 million Term Loan A Facility and a $1.65 billion Term Loan B Facility. The senior secured credit facility also allows us to raise an additional $300 million in senior secured credit for project development and property expansion.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the senior secured credit facility increased by $195.0 million as a result of numerous corporate transactions, including partial funding of the redemption of our $175 million 87¤8% senior subordinated notes.

The senior secured credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.

46




Redemption of 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes

In February 2006, we called for the redemption of our $175 million 87¤8% senior subordinated notes. The redemption price was $1,044.38 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and was made on March 15, 2006. We recorded a $10.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2006 for the call premium and the write-off of the associated deferred financing fees. We funded the redemption of the notes from available cash and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

67¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On December 4, 2003, we completed an offering of $200 million of 67¤8% senior subordinated notes that mature on December 1, 2011. Interest on the notes is payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2004.

We may redeem all or part of the notes on or after December 1, 2007 at certain specified redemption prices.

The 67¤8% notes are general unsecured obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of our current and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 67¤8% notes rank equally with our future senior subordinated debt and junior to our senior debt, including debt under our senior secured credit facility. In addition, the 67¤8% notes will be effectively junior to any indebtedness of Penn’s non-U.S. Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The 67¤8% notes and guarantees were originally issued in a private placement pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). On August 27, 2004, we completed an offer to exchange the notes and guarantees for notes and guarantees registered under the Securities Act having substantially identical terms.

63¤4% Senior Subordinated Notes

On March 9, 2005, we completed a private offering of $250 million of 63¤4% senior subordinated notes that mature on March 1, 2015. Interest on the notes is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning September 1, 2005. The 63¤4% notes are general unsecured obligations and are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. The 63¤4% notes were issued in a private placement pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Other Long-Term Obligations

On October 15, 2004, we announced the sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. Under the terms of the agreement, MTGA acquired The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Pocono Downs (a standardbred horse racing facility located on 400 acres in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania) and five Pennsylvania off-track wagering facilities located in Carbondale, East Stroudsburg, Erie, Hazelton, and the Lehigh Valley (Allentown). The sale agreement also provided the MTGA with certain post-closing termination rights in the event of certain materially adverse legislative or regulatory events. In January 2005, we received $280 million from the MTGA, and transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. The sale was not considered final for accounting purposes until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding. On August 7, 2006, we entered into Amendment and Release with the MTGA pertaining to the October 14, 2004 Purchase Agreement, and agreed to pay the MTGA an aggregate of $30 million over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of slot operations at Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs, in exchange for the MTGA’s agreement to release various claims it raised against us under the Purchase Agreement and the MTGA’s surrender of all post-closing termination rights it might have had under the Purchase Agreement. We recorded the present value of this liability within

47




debt, as the amount due to the MTGA is payable over five years, with the first payment date estimated to occur in late 2007.

Covenants

Our senior secured credit facility, $200 million 67¤8% and $250 million 6¾% senior subordinated notes require us, among other obligations, to maintain specified financial ratios and to satisfy certain financial tests, including fixed charge coverage, senior leverage and total leverage ratios. In addition, our senior secured credit facility, $200 million 67¤8% and $250 million 63¤4% senior subordinated notes restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, amend debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, make investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restricts corporate activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we made certain amendments to our senior secured credit facility, including the modification of the applicable covenants to enable us to repurchase up to $200 million of our equity or debt securities, the modification of our capital expenditure covenant to increase certain permitted expenditures consistent with our development and expansion projects, and the modification of our collateral documents in accordance with requirements of the Pennsylvania gaming authorities.

At December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all required financial covenants.

Sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge

On October 25, 2005 we completed the sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge to an affiliate of Columbia Sussex Corporation for approximately $148.6 million in cash. We used the net after-tax proceeds from the sale to reduce debt.

Outlook

Based on our current level of operations, and anticipated revenue growth, we believe that cash generated from operations and amounts available under our senior secured credit facility will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that our anticipated revenue growth will be realized, or that future borrowings will be available under our senior secured credit facility or otherwise will be available to enable us to service our indebtedness, including the senior secured credit facility and the notes, to retire or redeem the notes when required or to make anticipated capital expenditures. In addition, we expect a majority of our future growth to come from acquisitions of gaming properties at reasonable valuations, jurisdictional expansions and property expansion in under-penetrated markets. If we consummate significant acquisitions in the future or undertake any significant property expansions, our cash requirements may increase significantly and we may need to make additional borrowings or complete equity or debt financings to meet these requirements. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity. Our future operating performance and our ability to service or refinance our debt will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

48




Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Cash Obligations

At December 31, 2006, there was $389.5 million indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit portion of our credit facility and approximately $277.0 million available for borrowing. The following table presents our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2006:

 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

Total

 

2007

 

2008 – 2009

 

2010 – 2011

 

2012 and After

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Senior secured credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

$

2,343,875

 

$

32,750

 

 

$

183,312

 

 

$

964,563

 

 

$

1,163,250

 

 

Interest

 

735,442

 

158,852

 

 

293,592

 

 

242,245

 

 

40,753

 

 

67¤8% senior subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

68,750

 

13,750

 

 

27,500

 

 

27,500

 

 

 

 

63¤4% senior subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

Interest

 

143,438

 

16,875

 

 

33,750

 

 

33,750

 

 

59,063

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

25,041

 

5,231

 

 

11,120

 

 

8,690

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

47,911

 

38,153

 

 

6,070

 

 

2,722

 

 

966

 

 

Capital expenditure commitments

 

162,121

 

162,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

10,532

 

2,077

 

 

4,300

 

 

2,158

 

 

1,997

 

 

Operating leases

 

267,432

 

11,916

 

 

20,748

 

 

16,124

 

 

218,644

 

 

Other liabilities reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets

 

10,895

 

10,608

 

 

287

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,265,437

 

$

452,333

 

 

$

580,679

 

 

$

1,497,752

 

 

$

1,734,673

 

 

 

Other Commercial Commitments

The following table presents our material commercial commitments as of December 31, 2006 for the following future periods:

 

 

Total
Amounts
Committed

 

2007

 

2008 – 2009

 

2010 – 2011

 

2012 and After

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Letters of Credit(1)

 

 

$

83,489

 

 

$

83,489

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Guarantees of New Jersey Joint Venture Obligations(2)

 

 

6,517

 

 

767

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

90,006

 

 

$

84,256

 

 

$

5,750

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 


(1)          The available balance under the revolving portion of the $750.0 million senior secured credit facility is diminished by outstanding letters of credit.

(2)          In connection with our 50% ownership interest in Pennwood Racing, Inc. (“Pennwood”), our joint venture in New Jersey, we have entered into a debt service maintenance agreement with Pennwood’s lender to guarantee up to 50% of Pennwood’s $13.0 million term loan. Our obligation at December 31, 2006 under this guarantee was approximately $6.5 million.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

See Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below.

New Accounting Pronouncement

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109.

49




FIN 48 creates a single model to address uncertainty in tax positions, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required.

The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other accounts, as applicable. We expect that the impact of adopting FIN 48 will be a charge to retained earnings of approximately $12.0 million.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The table below provides information at December 31, 2006, about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including debt obligations and interest rate swaps. For debt obligations, the table presents notional amounts maturing and weighted-average interest rates at year-end. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates outstanding at each year-end. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract and the weighted-average variable rates are based on implied forward rates in the yield curve as of December 31, 2006.

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair Value
12/31/06

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

$

5,231

 

$

5,609

 

$

5,511

 

$

5,407

 

$

203,283

 

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

475,041

 

 

$

471,541

 

 

Average interest rate

 

7.00

%

7.00

%

7.00

%

7.00

%

6.89

%

 

6.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate

 

$

32,750

 

$

85,563

 

$

97,750

 

$

491,312

 

$

473,250

 

 

$

1,163,250

 

 

$

2,343,875

 

 

$

2,343,875

 

 

Average interest rate(1)

 

6.97

%

6.52

%

6.48

%

6.56

%

6.78

%

 

6.92

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

$

2,077

 

$

2,287

 

$

2,012

 

$

1,043

 

$

1,116

 

 

$

1,997

 

 

$

10,532

 

 

$

10,532

 

 

Average interest rate

 

6.73

%

6.73

%

6.70

%

6.70

%

6.71

%

 

7.72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable to fixed(2)

 

$

1,260,000

 

$

811,000

 

$

574,000

 

$

300,000

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

4,035

 

 

Average pay rate

 

4.84

%

4.93

%

5.02

%

5.26

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Average receive rate(3)

 

5.34

%

4.97

%

4.94

%

5.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 


(1)             Estimated rate, reflective of forward LIBOR plus the spread over LIBOR applicable to variable-rate borrowing.

(2)             Notional amounts outstanding at each year-end.

(3)             Estimated rate, reflective of forward LIBOR.

In accordance with the terms of our $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility, we were required to enter into interest rate swap agreements in amount equal to 50% of the outstanding term loan balances within 100 days of the closing date of the senior secured credit facility. On October 27, 2005, we entered into four interest rate swap contracts with terms from three to five years, notional amounts of $224 million, $274 million, $225 million, and $237 million, for a total of $960 million, and fixed interest rates ranging from 4.678% to 4.753%. The annual weighted-average interest rate of the four contracts is 4.71%. On May 8, 2006, we entered into three interest rate swap contracts with a term of five years and notional amounts of $100 million each, for a total of $300 million and fixed interest rates ranging from 5.263% to 5.266%. The annual weighted-average interest rate of the three contracts is 5.26%. Under all of these contracts, we pay a fixed interest rate against a variable interest rate based on the 90-day LIBOR rate. The 90-day LIBOR rate relating to these contracts as of December 31, 2006 was 5.38% for both the $960 million swaps and the $300 million swaps.

50




ITEM 8.                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors
Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”, in 2006.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 23, 2007

 

51




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors
Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

 

BDO Seidman, LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 7, 2006

 

52




Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

168,515

 

$

132,620

 

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,698 and $2,994
at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

 

53,829

 

47,632

 

Insurance receivable

 

100,000

 

51,160

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

57,432

 

26,780

 

Deferred income taxes

 

22,187

 

48,150

 

Total current assets

 

401,963

 

306,342

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,365,871

 

1,059,892

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliate

 

16,138

 

17,184

 

Goodwill

 

1,869,444

 

1,848,661

 

Other intangible assets

 

726,126

 

743,521

 

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $16,438 and $7,349 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

 

57,386

 

70,960

 

Other assets

 

77,154

 

92,861

 

Restricted assets held for sale

 

 

50,983

 

Total other assets

 

2,746,248

 

2,824,170

 

Total assets

 

$

4,514,082

 

$

4,190,404

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

$

40,058

 

$

18,567

 

Accounts payable

 

37,928

 

25,549

 

Accrued expenses

 

130,877

 

116,552

 

Accrued interest

 

31,329

 

33,303

 

Accrued salaries and wages

 

60,164

 

54,579

 

Gaming, pari-mutuel, property, and other taxes

 

48,181

 

47,724

 

Income taxes payable

 

21,020

 

18,284

 

Insurance financing

 

19,336

 

6,115

 

Other current liabilities

 

26,778

 

20,636

 

Total current liabilities

 

415,671

 

341,309

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

2,789,390

 

2,767,662

 

Deferred income taxes

 

387,615

 

259,708

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

243

 

659

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

274,523

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

3,177,248

 

3,302,552

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock ($.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005)

 

 

 

Common stock ($.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 86,814,999 and 85,064,886 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)

 

868

 

850

 

Treasury stock (1,698,800 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and 2005)

 

(2,379

)

(2,379

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

251,943

 

206,763

 

Retained earnings

 

667,557

 

340,469

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

3,174

 

840

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

921,163

 

546,543

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

4,514,082

 

$

4,190,404

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53




Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gaming

 

$

2,057,617

 

$

1,211,360

 

$

957,478

 

Management service fee

 

18,146

 

18,596

 

16,277

 

Food, beverage and other

 

275,700

 

213,089

 

197,150

 

Gross revenues

 

2,351,463

 

1,443,045

 

1,170,905

 

Less promotional allowances

 

(106,916

)

(73,940

)

(65,615

)

Net revenues

 

2,244,547

 

1,369,105

 

1,105,290

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gaming

 

1,063,063

 

646,305

 

510,159

 

Food, beverage and other

 

243,707

 

165,468

 

135,832

 

General and administrative

 

329,716

 

191,933

 

179,734

 

Hurricane

 

(128,253

)

21,145

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

34,522

 

 

 

Settlement costs

 

 

28,175

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,951

 

72,531

 

65,785

 

Total operating expenses

 

1,666,706

 

1,125,557

 

891,510

 

Income from continuing operations

 

577,841

 

243,548

 

213,780

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(196,328

)

(89,344

)

(75,720

)

Interest income

 

3,525

 

4,111

 

2,093

 

(Loss) earnings from joint venture

 

(788

)

1,455

 

1,634

 

Other

 

(4,296

)

39

 

(392

)

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

(10,022

)

(18,039

)

(3,767

)

Total other expenses

 

(207,909

)

(101,778

)

(76,152

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

369,932

 

141,770

 

137,628

 

Taxes on income

 

156,852

 

54,593

 

50,288

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

213,080

 

87,177

 

87,340

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(4,135

)

(15,856

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

114,008

 

37,888

 

 

Net income

 

$

327,088

 

$

120,930

 

$

71,484

 

Earnings (loss) per share-Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2.53

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.09

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

1.35

 

0.41

 

(0.20

)

Basic earnings per share

 

$

3.88

 

$

1.46

 

$

0.89

 

Earnings (loss) per share-Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2.46

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.05

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

1.32

 

0.39

 

(0.19

)

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

3.78

 

$

1.41

 

$

0.86

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54




Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Common Stock

 

Treasury

 

Additional
Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Shareholders’

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

Income

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

 

81,242,700

 

 

$

812

 

 

 

$

(2,379

)

 

 

$

162,039

 

 

 

$

148,055

 

 

 

$

1,351

 

 

 

$

309,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of
$8,344

 

1,889,240

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,159

 

 

 

$

 

 

Restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

 

Amortization of unrealized loss on interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

180

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,484

 

 

 

71,484

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2004

 

83,131,940

 

 

831

 

 

 

(2,379

)

 

 

178,459

 

 

 

219,539

 

 

 

1,642

 

 

 

398,092

 

 

 

71,693

 

 

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $16,969

 

1,932,946

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,845

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(852

)

 

 

(852

)

 

 

(852

)

 

Amortization of unrealized loss on interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

104

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,930

 

 

 

120,930

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

85,064,886

 

 

850

 

 

 

(2,379

)

 

 

206,763

 

 

 

340,469

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

546,543

 

 

 

120,182

 

 

Stock option activity, including tax benefit of $12,435

 

1,310,113

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,411

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

440,000

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,787

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $1,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,380

 

 

 

2,380

 

 

 

2,380

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(46

)

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

327,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

327,088

 

 

 

327,088

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

86,814,999

 

 

$

868

 

 

 

$

(2,379

)

 

 

$

251,943

 

 

 

$

667,557

 

 

 

$

3,174

 

 

 

$

921,163

 

 

 

$

329,422

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55




Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

327,088

 

$

120,930

 

$

71,484

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,951

 

72,531

 

65,785

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs charged to interest expense

 

11,361

 

5,269

 

5,163

 

Amortization of the unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swap contracts charged to interest expense, net of income tax benefit

 

 

(54

)

82

 

Loss on sale of fixed assets

 

1,383

 

6,449

 

1,824

 

Loss (earnings) from joint venture

 

788

 

(1,455

)

(1,634

)

Loss relating to early extinguishment of debt

 

2,255

 

8,611

 

3,767

 

Deferred income taxes

 

14,394

 

(28,673

)

18,184

 

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

 

 

16,969

 

8,344

 

Stock-based compensation

 

20,562

 

478

 

280

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(114,008

)

 

 

Gain on hurricane, net of tax

 

(81,799

)

 

 

Goodwill impairment, net of tax

 

22,018

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease, net of businesses acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(6,197

)

4,300

 

(15,073

)

Insurance receivable

 

(23,048

)

1,431

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(26,933

)

(5,956

)

5,578

 

Other assets

 

13,536

 

(32,291

)

(32,204

)

Increase (decrease), net of businesses acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

12,379

 

11,193

 

2,844

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,155

 

24,968

 

10,782

 

Accrued interest

 

(1,974

)

19,317

 

1,418

 

Accrued salaries and wages

 

5,585

 

(3,419

)

165

 

Gaming, pari-mutuel, property and other taxes

 

(127

)

13,210

 

3,001

 

Income taxes payable

 

(28,748

)

(33,900

)

13,068

 

Other current liabilities

 

5,176

 

(6,283

)

16,740

 

Operating cash flows from discontinued operations

 

12

 

(43,150

)

17,566

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

281,809

 

150,475

 

197,164

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditures for property and equipment

 

(408,883

)

(121,135

)

(68,957

)

Proceeds from hurricane

 

104,136

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

2,406

 

720

 

1,395

 

(Payments to) distributions from joint venture

 

 

(20

)

3,112

 

Proceeds from sale of business

 

 

423,139

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

(2,251,376

)

(954

)

Increase in cash in escrow

 

 

(30,000

)

 

Investing cash flows from discontinued operations

 

 

(128

)

(1,710

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(302,341

)

(1,978,800

)

(67,114

)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of options

 

12,201

 

10,876

 

7,816

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

195,678

 

2,398,961

 

156

 

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

(177,066

)

(471,839

)

(131,370

)

Proceeds from insurance financing

 

32,522

 

 

 

Payments on insurance financing

 

(19,301

)

 

 

Increase in deferred financing cost

 

(42

)

(64,777

)

(779

)

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

 

12,435

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

56,427

 

1,873,221

 

(124,177

)

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

104

 

180

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

35,895

 

45,000

 

6,053

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

132,620

 

87,620

 

81,567

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

168,515

 

$

132,620

 

$

87,620

 

Supplemental disclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense paid

 

$

198,605

 

$

65,322

 

$

70,816

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

127,787

 

$

92,971

 

$

13,388

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56




Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.                 Business and Basis of Presentation

Penn National Gaming, Inc. (“Penn”) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) is a diversified, multi-jurisdictional owner and operator of gaming and pari-mutuel properties. Penn is the successor to several businesses that have operated as Penn National Race Course since 1972. Penn was incorporated in Pennsylvania in 1982 as PNRC Corp. and adopted its current name in 1994, when the Company became a public company. In 1997, the Company began its transition from a pari-mutuel company to a diversified gaming company with the acquisition of the Charles Town property and the introduction of video lottery terminals in West Virginia. From 2000 to 2003, the Company acquired seven other gaming properties through its Mississippi (Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, formerly known as Casino Magic—Bay St. Louis, and Boomtown Biloxi), CRC Holdings, Inc. (Hollywood Casino Baton Rouge, formerly known as Casino Rouge, and Casino Rama management service contract), Bullwhackers properties and Hollywood Casino Corporation (Aurora and Tunica) acquisitions. On October 3, 2005, the Company acquired Argosy Gaming Company (“Argosy”), which included seven properties, of which one has been divested.

The Company now owns or operates, through its subsidiaries, seventeen facilities in thirteen jurisdictions, including Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Maine, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Ontario. In addition, on November 7, 2006, the Company agreed to acquire Zia Park Racetrack and its Black Gold Casino (“Zia Park”), which is located in New Mexico. The transaction is expected to close mid-2007, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

For purposes of comparability, certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

2.                 Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Penn and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Investment in and advances to an unconsolidated affiliate that is 50% owned is accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

3.                 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash balances and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s policy is to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution, and place investments with financial institutions evaluated as being creditworthy, or in short-term money

57




market and tax-free bond funds which are exposed to minimal interest rate and credit risk. The Company has bank deposits and overnight repurchase agreements that exceed federally-insured limits.

Concentration of credit risk, with respect to casino receivables, is limited through the Company’s credit evaluation process. The Company issues markers to approved casino customers only following credit checks and investigations of creditworthiness.

The Company’s receivables of $53.8 million and $47.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily consist of $22.2 million and $16.2 million, respectively, due from the West Virginia Lottery for gaming revenue settlements and capital reinvestment projects at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, and $11.2 million and $13.6 million, respectively, for reimbursement of expenses paid on behalf of Casino Rama.

Accounts are written off when management determines that an account is uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts previously written off are recorded when received. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined to reduce the Company’s receivables to their carrying value, which approximates fair value. The allowance is estimated based on historical collection experience, specific review of individual customer accounts, and current economic and business conditions. Historically, the Company has not incurred any significant credit-related losses.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate:

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximates the carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, due to the short maturity of the cash equivalents.

Long-term Debt: The fair value of the Company’s senior secured credit facility approximates its carrying value, as it is variable-rate debt. The fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate bonds and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2006 was $471.5 million, which was estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s fixed-rate bonds and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2006 was $475.0 million. The fair value of the Company’s capital leases and other debt approximates their carrying value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs that neither add materially to the value of the asset nor appreciably prolong its useful life are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment are included in the determination of income.

Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of leasehold improvements is recorded using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements

 

5 to 15 years

 

Building and improvements

 

25 to 40 years

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

3 to 7 years

 

Transportation equipment

 

5 years

 

Leasehold improvements

 

10 to 20 years

 

 

The estimated useful lives are determined based on the nature of the assets as well as the Company’s current operating strategy.

58




The Company reviews the carrying values of its property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, as well as the effect of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. In estimating expected future cash flows for determining whether an asset is impaired, assets are grouped at the individual property level. In assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of property and equipment, the Company must make assumptions regarding future cash flows and other factors. If these estimates or the related assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record an impairment loss for these assets. Such an impairment loss would be recognized as a non-cash component of operating income. The Company recognized an impairment charge of $4.3 million associated with the Penn National Race Course building demolition during the year ended December 31, 2005.

Goodwill

Goodwill is recorded as part of the Company’s acquisitions of businesses where the purchase price exceeds the fair market value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). SFAS 142 establishes standards for the accounting of intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements. In accordance with SFAS 142, amortization of goodwill is not permitted. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment by comparing the fair value of the recorded assets to their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The annual evaluation of goodwill requires the use of estimates about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations can materially affect these estimates. Once an impairment of goodwill has been recorded, it cannot be reversed. During the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of the increased asset values resulting from the reconstruction at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, the Company determined that all of the goodwill associated with the original purchase of the property was impaired. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $34.5 million ($22.0 million, net of taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for its other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company considers its gaming license and trademark intangible assets as indefinite-life intangible assets that do not require amortization. Rather, these intangible assets are tested at least annually for impairment by comparing the fair value of the recorded assets to their carrying amount. If the carrying amounts of the gaming license and trademark intangible assets exceed their fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The annual evaluation of indefinite-life intangible assets requires the use of estimates about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations can materially affect these estimates. Once an impairment of an indefinite-life intangible asset has been recorded, it cannot be reversed. Intangible assets that have a definite-life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives or related service contract. The Company reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets that have a definite-life for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the intangible assets that have a definite-life exceed their fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.

59




Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs that are incurred by the Company in connection with the issuance of debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the life of the underlying indebtedness, adjusted to reflect any early repayments.

Comprehensive Income

The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”), which established standards for the reporting and presentation of comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements. The Company presents comprehensive income in its consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and are measured at the prevailing enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences are settled or realized. SFAS 109 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The realizability of the deferred tax assets is evaluated quarterly by assessing the valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of the allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. The Company has used tax-planning strategies to realize or renew net deferred tax assets in order to avoid the potential loss of future tax benefits.

Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), as amended, established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The Company uses fixed and variable-rate debt to finance its operations. Both funding sources have associated risks and opportunities, and the Company’s risk management policy permits the use of derivatives to manage these exposures. Acceptable derivatives for this purpose include interest rate swaps, futures, options, caps, and similar instruments. The Company’s use of derivatives is strictly restricted to hedging (i.e., risk management) applications.

Currently, the Company has a number of interest rate swaps in place, where the swaps serve to mitigate the income volatility associated with a portion of our variable-rate funding. Swap coverage extends out through 2010. In effect, these swaps synthetically convert the portion of variable-rate debt being hedged to the equivalent of fixed-rate funding. Under the terms of the swaps, the Company receives cash flows from the swap counterparties to offset the variable interest payments on the hedged financings, in exchange for paying cash flows based on the swaps’ fixed rates. The Company accounts for these swaps as cash flow hedges, which requires determining a division of hedge results deemed effective and deemed ineffective. However, all of the Company’s hedges were designed in such a way so as to perfectly offset specifically-defined interest payments, such that no ineffectiveness has occurred—nor is any ineffectiveness going to occur, as long as the forecasted cash flows of the designated hedged items and the associated swaps remain unchanged.

Under cash flow hedge accounting, effective derivative results are initially recorded in other comprehensive income and later reclassified to earnings, coinciding with the income recognition relating to the variable interest payments being hedged. In the coming twelve months, the Company anticipates that

60




approximately $5.0 million will be reclassified from other comprehensive income to earnings, as part of interest expense. As this amount represents effective hedge results, a comparable offsetting amount of incrementally higher/lower interest expense will be realized in connection with the variable funding being hedged.

Credit risk relating to derivative counterparties is mitigated by using multiple, highly rated counterparties, and the credit quality of each is monitored on an ongoing basis.

Under cash flow hedge accounting, derivatives are included in the consolidated balance sheets as assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction (e.g., until periodic settlements of a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings). Any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the changes in the fair value of the derivative exceed the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) is recorded in current period earnings.

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in the future periods. When it is determined that a derivative is not (or has ceased to be) highly effective as a hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions, such as future variable rate interest payments); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; or (4) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

When the Company discontinues hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in accumulated other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. However, if it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within an additional two-month period of time thereafter, the gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company will carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet, recognizing changes in the fair value in current-period earnings. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash flows from derivative instruments designated and qualifying as hedges are classified with the cash flows from the hedged item.

Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances

Gaming revenue is the aggregate net difference between gaming wins and losses, with liabilities recognized for funds deposited by customers before gaming play occurs and for chips in the customers’ possession.

Revenue from the management service contract for Casino Rama is based upon contracted terms, and is recognized when services are performed.

Food, beverage and other revenue, including racing revenue, is recognized as services are performed. Racing revenue includes the Company’s share of pari-mutuel wagering on live races after payment of amounts returned as winning wagers, and the Company’s share of wagering from import and export simulcasting, as well as its share of wagering from its off-track wagering facilities (“OTWs”).

61




Revenues are recognized net of certain sales incentives in accordance with the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) consensus on Issue 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s products)” (“EITF 01-9”). The consensus in EITF 01-9 requires that sales incentives and points earned in point-loyalty programs be recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company recognizes incentives related to gaming play and points earned in point-loyalty programs as a direct reduction of gaming revenue.

During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of the Company’s review of trends in interpreting accounting pronouncements and gaming industry practices for accounting for customer cash incentives, the Company reclassified cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense. The reclassification reduced both gaming revenue and gaming expenses by $43.4 million and $34.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The reclassification had no effect on operating income, net income or earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The retail value of accommodations, food and beverage, and other services furnished to guests without charge is included in gross revenues and then deducted as promotional allowances. The estimated cost of providing such promotional allowances is primarily included in gaming expenses. The amounts included in promotional allowances for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Rooms

 

$

11,970

 

$

7,901

 

$

7,812

 

Food and beverage

 

85,884

 

54,479

 

46,617

 

Other

 

9,062

 

11,560

 

11,186

 

Total promotional allowances

 

$

106,916

 

$

73,940

 

$

65,615

 

 

The estimated cost of providing such complimentary services for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Rooms

 

$

5,156

 

$

4,917

 

$

5,136

 

Food and beverage

 

60,762

 

37,561

 

31,906

 

Other

 

5,644

 

5,479

 

3,147

 

Total cost of complimentary services

 

$

71,562

 

$

47,957

 

$

40,189

 

 

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the additional dilution for all potentially-dilutive securities such as stock options.

The following table reconciles the weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic earnings per share to the weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Options to purchase 1,966,880, 125,000 and 220,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they are antidilutive.

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Determination of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

84,229

 

82,893

 

80,510

 

Assumed conversion of dilutive stock options

 

2,405

 

2,964

 

2,998

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

86,634

 

85,857

 

83,508

 

 

62




Stock-Based Compensation

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires the Company to expense the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. This expense must be recognized ratably over the requisite service period following the date of grant.

The Company elected the modified prospective application method for adoption, which results in the recognition of compensation expense using the provisions of SFAS 123(R) for all share-based awards granted or modified after December 31, 2005, and the recognition of compensation expense using the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”), with the exception of the method of recognizing forfeitures, for all unvested awards outstanding at the date of adoption. Under this transition method, the results of operations of prior periods have not been restated. Accordingly, the Company will continue to provide pro forma financial information for prior periods to illustrate the effect on net income and earnings per share of applying the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148.

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic-value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), as interpreted by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation.” Under the intrinsic-value method, because the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options was equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense was recognized. However, there were situations that could have occurred, such as the accelerated vesting of options or the issuance of restricted stock, that required a current charge to income.

The most significant difference between the fair value approaches prescribed by SFAS 123 and SFAS 123(R) and the intrinsic-value method prescribed by APB 25 related to the recognition of compensation expense for stock option awards based on their grant-date fair value. Under SFAS 123, the Company estimated the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table reflects the pro forma impact on net income and earnings per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 of accounting for the Company’s stock-based compensation using the fair value provisions of SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148. The effects of applying SFAS 123 and SFAS 148 in the pro forma disclosure below are not indicative of future amounts. Additional awards in future years are anticipated.

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

120,930

 

$

71,484

 

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

294

 

177

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

(9,589

)

(4,894

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

111,635

 

$

66,767

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic—as reported

 

$

1.46

 

$

0.89

 

Basic—pro forma

 

1.35

 

0.83

 

Diluted—as reported

 

1.41

 

0.86

 

Diluted—pro forma

 

1.30

 

0.80

 

 

63




Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company included all tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation as operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123(R) requires any reduction in taxes payable resulting from tax deductions that exceed the recognized compensation expense (“excess tax benefits”) to be classified as financing cash flows. The Company included $12.4 million of excess tax benefits in the Company’s cash flows from financing activities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 that would have been classified as operating cash flows had the Company not adopted SFAS 123(R).

The fair value for stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires management to make certain assumptions. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury spot rate with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. Expected volatility was estimated based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over a period of 4.26 years, in order to match the expected life of the options at the grant date. There is no expected dividend yield since the Company has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock since its initial public offering in May 1994, and since the Company intends to retain all of its earnings to finance the development of its business for the foreseeable future. The weighted-average expected life was based on the contractual term of the stock option and expected employee exercise dates, which was based on the historical exercise behavior of the Company’s employees. Forfeitures are estimated at the date of grant based on historical experience. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company recorded forfeitures as they occurred for purposes of estimating pro forma compensation expense under SFAS 123. The following are the weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

5.11

%

3.40

%

3.40

%

Expected volatility

 

43.29

%

40.0

%

51.0

%

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average expected life (years)

 

4.26

 

5.45

 

5.00

 

Forfeiture rate

 

4.00

%

 

 

 

Segment Information

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), the Company views each property as an operating segment. Historically, the Company aggregated its gaming properties that were economically similar, offered similar types of products and services, catered to the same types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called gaming, and aggregated its racing properties that were economically similar, offered similar products and services, catered to the similar types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called racing.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, the Company modified its segment reporting from two reportable segments to one reportable segment, as the Company believes that its gaming and racing properties can now be aggregated together in accordance with SFAS 131, due to ongoing changes at its racing properties, including the upcoming introduction of slot machines at Penn National Race Course.

Statements of Cash Flows

The Company has presented the consolidated statements of cash flows using the indirect method, which involves the reconciliation of net income to net cash flow from operating activities.

Acquisitions

The Company accounts for its acquisitions in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). The results of operations of acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

64




Certain Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s operations are dependent on its continued licensing by state gaming commissions. The loss of a license, in any jurisdiction in which the Company operates, could have a material adverse effect on future results of operations.

The Company is dependent on each gaming property’s local market for a significant number of its patrons and revenues. If economic conditions in these areas deteriorate or additional gaming licenses are awarded in these markets, the Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected.

The Company is also dependent upon a stable gaming and admission tax structure in the locations that it operates in. Any change in the tax structure could have a material adverse affect on future results of operations.

4.                 New Accounting Pronouncement

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109.

FIN 48 creates a single model to address uncertainty in tax positions, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required.

The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other accounts, as applicable. The Company expects that the impact of adopting FIN 48 will be a charge to retained earnings of approximately $12.0 million.

5.                 Acquisitions

Zia Park

On November 7, 2006, Zia Park, LLC (the “Buyer”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Zia Partners, LLC (“Zia”) and (solely with respect to specified sections thereof which relate to the Company’s guarantee described below) the Company, whereby the Buyer will acquire from Zia the Black Gold casino and Zia Park Racetrack, located on approximately 320 acres in Hobbs, New Mexico, and all related assets of Zia for a purchase price of $200 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment and certain other adjustments, and will assume specific liabilities of Zia. Upon the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Buyer made a deposit of $10 million toward the purchase price. The Company has guaranteed the payment and performance of the Buyer’s obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement. The transaction, which is expected to be accretive to the Company’s results of operations while further diversifying the Company’s regional asset base, is expected to close mid-2007, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval. The Company intends to fund this purchase with additional borrowings under its existing $750.0 million revolving credit facility.

65




Argosy

On October 3, 2005, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Argosy. The acquisition reflects the continuing efforts of the Company to diversify by reducing its dependency on individual properties and legislative jurisdictions. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase transaction, in accordance with SFAS 141. As a result, the net assets of Argosy were recorded at their fair value, with the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired allocated to goodwill. The total purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $2,320.2 million, including transaction fees of $44.5 million. The price of $47.00 per share represented an approximate 16% premium over the closing price of Argosy on November 2, 2004, and an approximate 30% premium over the average closing price of Argosy over the ninety days preceding November 2, 2004. The purchase price of the acquisition was funded by the proceeds of the Company’s $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility.

The Company acquired six Argosy casino entertainment facilities and one racetrack, although the Company agreed to enter into sale agreements for three of those properties to expedite the receipt of the regulatory approvals required to complete the merger. The Company completed the sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge to an affiliate of Columbia Sussex for approximately $148.6 million, and had until December 31, 2006 to enter into definitive sale agreements for the Argosy Casino Alton and the Empress Casino Hotel. However, on March 6, 2006, the Illinois Gaming Board agreed to allow the Company to retain the Argosy Casino Alton. In addition, the Illinois Gaming Board granted the Company an extension to the time limit by which the Company is required to reach a definitive sale agreement for the Empress Casino Hotel until June 30, 2008.

In order to assist the Company in assigning values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction, the Company obtained a third-party valuation of significant identifiable intangible assets acquired, as well as other assets acquired. In addition, the Company recorded a current tax liability for identified tax contingencies and an estimate for the deferred tax liability arising from the acquisition due to the difference between the fair value and the tax basis of the net assets acquired.

The current and deferred tax liabilities, which increased the amount of goodwill recorded in the acquisition, are subject to change upon recognition and/or settlement of tax contingencies. These changes, if any, will also affect goodwill, and will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

As part of the Argosy acquisition, the Company recorded $2.0 billion in goodwill and other intangible assets. The other intangible assets primarily consisted of a gaming license intangible asset, a trademark intangible asset, a computer software intangible asset, and a customer relationship intangible asset. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company considers its gaming license and trademark intangible assets as indefinite-life intangible assets that do not require amortization. The computer software and customer relationship intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which are three and five years, respectively. As the acquisition of Argosy was treated as a stock purchase, the estimated goodwill balance and the other intangible assets described above are not expected to be amortized for tax purposes.

The pro forma consolidated results of operations, as if the acquisition of Argosy had occurred on January 1, 2004, are as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands, except 
per share data)

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

2,109,609

 

$

2,061,697

 

Income from continuing operations

 

391,940

 

406,400

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

111,388

 

128,639

 

Basic earnings per share

 

1.34

 

1.60

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

1.30

 

1.54

 

 

66




Included in the Company’s results for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were net revenues of $238.8 million and $58.2 million, respectively, income from continuing operations of $47.8 million and $14.0 million, respectively, and net income of $8.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, for the Empress Casino Hotel.

6.                 Hurricane Katrina

As a result of Hurricane Katrina’s direct hit on the Mississippi Gulf Coast on August 29, 2005, two of the Company’s casinos, Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi, were significantly damaged, many employees were displaced and operations ceased at the two properties. Boomtown Biloxi reopened on June 29, 2006 and Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis reopened on August 31, 2006.

The Company had significant levels of insurance in place at the time of Hurricane Katrina to cover the losses resulting from the hurricane, including an “all risk” insurance policy covering “named windstorm” damage, flood damage, debris removal, preservation of property expense, demolition and increased cost of construction expense, and losses resulting from business interruption and extra expenses, all as defined in the policies. The comprehensive business interruption and property damage insurance policies had an overall limit of $400 million, and was subject to property damage deductibles for Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi of approximately $6.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The business interruption insurance component of this policy was subject to a five-day deductible.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s financial results benefited from a settlement agreement with its property and business interruption insurance providers for a total of $225 million for Hurricane Katrina-related losses at its Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis and Boomtown Biloxi properties, as well as minor proceeds related to its National Flood Insurance coverage and auto insurance claims. Reflecting the settlement agreement, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $128.3 million ($81.8 million, net of taxes).

The Company recognized a pre-tax charge of $21.1 million ($13.7 million after-tax) associated with the expenses incurred from Hurricane Katrina for the year ended December 31, 2005. The costs included property insurance and business interruption policy deductible expense (approximately $10.2 million), compensation being paid to employees through November 30, 2005 that exceeded the ordinary payroll limits under the business interruption policy (approximately $6.1 million), the purchase of replacement flood insurance for coverage during the remaining insurance policy term (approximately $3.6 million), contributions to the Penn National Gaming Foundation’s Hurricane Katrina Relief Project (approximately $1.0 million) and costs for insurance claim consultants (approximately $.2 million).

During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company received $104.1 million and $27.3 million, respectively, from its insurance carriers relating to Hurricane Katrina.

The $100.0 million insurance receivable recorded at December 31, 2006 represents the portion of the $225.0 million settlement that was not received by the Company until January 2007.

The $51.2 million insurance receivable recorded at December 31, 2005 was limited to the net historical book value of assets believed to be damaged, destroyed or abandoned, fixed business expenses and out-of-pocket costs for certain additional expenses incurred during the period as a direct result of the hurricane.

On August 8, 2006, the Company renewed its property insurance coverage in the amount of $200 million. The $200 million coverage is “all risk”, including “named windstorm”, flood and earthquake. Also, the Company purchased an additional $250 million of “all risk” coverage that is subject to certain exclusions including, among others, exclusion for “named windstorms”, floods and earthquakes. There is a $25 million deductible for “named windstorm” events, and lesser deductibles as they apply to other perils.

67




7.                 Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Land and improvements

 

$

190,002

 

$

155,735

 

Building and improvements

 

868,577

 

699,584

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

420,809

 

314,741

 

Transportation equipment

 

2,392

 

1,401

 

Leasehold improvements

 

15,005

 

13,175

 

Construction in progress

 

187,531

 

82,971

 

Total property and equipment

 

1,684,316

 

1,267,607

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(318,445

)

(207,715

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

1,365,871

 

$

1,059,892

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, for property and equipment, totaled $117.3 million, $69.0 million, and $63.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Interest capitalized in connection with major construction projects was $8.0 million, $1.5 million, and $0.4 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

8.                 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets had a gross carrying value of $2.6 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and accumulated amortization of $19.4 million and $12.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The table below presents the gross carrying value, accumulated amortization, and net book value of each major class of goodwill and intangible asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value

 

Accumulated 
Amortization

 

Net Book 
Value

 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value

 

Accumulated 
Amortization

 

Net Book 
Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Goodwill

 

$

1,869,444

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,869,444

 

$

1,848,661

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,848,661

 

Gaming license and trademarks

 

700,434

 

 

 

 

700,434

 

711,174

 

 

 

 

711,174

 

Other intangible assets

 

45,126

 

 

19,434

 

 

25,692

 

45,126

 

 

12,779

 

 

32,347

 

Total

 

$

2,615,004

 

 

$

19,434

 

 

$

2,595,570

 

$

2,604,961

 

 

$

12,779

 

 

$

2,592,182

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2006, goodwill increased by $20.8 million, primarily due to the finalization of certain fixed asset and deferred tax valuations associated with the Argosy and Bangor Historic Track, Inc. acquisitions. This increase was partially offset by a $34.5 million impairment charge at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis, as well as a decrease in the value assigned to the Argosy gaming license intangible asset. The $34.5 million impairment charge at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis was recorded as the Company determined that all of the goodwill associated with the original purchase of the property was impaired subsequent to the increase in asset values following the reconstruction at Hollywood Casino Bay St. Louis.

The Company’s intangible asset amortization expense was $6.7 million, $3.5 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

68




The following table presents expected intangible asset amortization expense based on existing intangible assets at December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

6,655

 

2008

 

6,488

 

2009

 

5,988

 

2010

 

5,119

 

2011

 

1,442

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

$

25,692

 

 

9.                 Long-term Debt

Long-term debt, net of current maturities, is as follows:

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Senior secured credit facility

 

$

2,343,875

 

$

2,148,875

 

$175 million 87¤8% senior subordinated notes

 

 

175,000

 

$200 million 67¤8% senior subordinated notes

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

$250 million 63¤4% senior subordinated notes

 

250,000

 

250,000

 

$200 million 9% senior subordinated notes

 

 

10

 

$350 million 7% senior subordinated notes

 

 

153

 

Other long-term obligations

 

25,041

 

 

Capital leases

 

10,532

 

12,191

 

 

 

2,829,448

 

2,786,229

 

Less current maturities of long-term debt

 

(40,058

)

(18,567

)

 

 

$

2,789,390

 

$

2,767,662

 

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum repayments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

2007

 

$

40,058

 

2008

 

93,459

 

2009

 

105,273

 

2010

 

497,762

 

2011

 

677,649

 

Thereafter

 

1,415,247

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

2,829,448

 

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company was contingently obligated under letters of credit issued pursuant to the $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility with face amounts aggregating $83.5 million.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 3, 2005, the Company entered into a $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility to fund the Company’s acquisition of Argosy, including payment for all of Argosy’s outstanding shares, the retirement of certain long-term debt of Argosy and its subsidiaries, the payment of related transaction costs, and to provide additional working capital. Concurrent with this financing, the Company’s previous senior credit facility was terminated, which resulted in an early extinguishment of debt charge of $4.0 million. The $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility consists of three credit facilities comprised of a $750 million revolving credit facility (of which $389.5 million was drawn at December 31, 2006), a

69




$325 million Term Loan A Facility and a $1.65 billion Term Loan B Facility. The $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility also allows the Company to raise an additional $300 million in senior secured credit for project development and property expansion.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the senior secured credit facility increased by $195.0 million as a result of numerous corporate transactions, including partial funding of the redemption of the Company’s $175 million 87¤8% senior subordinated notes.

The senior secured credit facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

The Company has a policy designed to manage interest rate risk associated with its current and anticipated future borrowings. This policy enables the Company to use any combination of interest rate swaps, futures, options, caps and similar instruments. To the extent the Company employs such financial instruments pursuant to this policy, they are generally accounted for as hedging instruments. In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the underlying hedged item must expose the Company to risks associated with market fluctuations and the financial instrument used must be designated as a hedge and must reduce the Company’s exposure to market fluctuations throughout the hedge period. If these criteria are not met, a change in the market value of the financial instrument is recognized as a gain or loss in the period of change. Net settlements pursuant to the financial instrument are included as interest expense in the period.

In accordance with the terms of its $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility, the Company was required to enter into interest rate swap agreements in amount equal to 50% of the outstanding term loan balances within 100 days of the closing date of the senior secured credit facility. On October 27, 2005, the Company entered into four interest rate swap contracts with terms from three to five years, notional amounts of $224 million, $274 million, $225 million, and $237 million, for a total of $960 million, and fixed interest rates ranging from 4.678% to 4.753%. The annual weighted-average interest rate of the four contracts is 4.71%. On May 8, 2006, the Company entered into three interest rate swap contracts with a term of five years and notional amounts of $100 million each, for a total of $300 million and fixed interest rates ranging from 5.263% to 5.266%. The annual weighted-average interest rate of the three contracts is 5.26%. Under all of these contracts, the Company pays a fixed interest rate against a variable interest rate based on the 90-day LIBOR rate. The 90-day LIBOR rate relating to these contracts as of December 31, 2006 was 5.38% for both the $960 million swaps and the $300 million swaps.

Redemption of 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes

In February 2006, the Company called for the redemption of its $175 million 87¤8% senior subordinated notes. The redemption price was $1,044.38 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and was made on March 15, 2006. The Company recorded a $10.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2006 for the call premium and the write-off of the associated deferred financing fees. The Company funded the redemption of the notes from available cash and borrowings under its revolving credit facility.

67¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On December 4, 2003, the Company completed an offering of $200 million of 67¤8% senior subordinated notes that mature on December 1, 2011. Interest on the notes is payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2004.

The Company may redeem all or part of the notes on or after December 1, 2007 at certain specified redemption prices.

The 67¤8% notes are general unsecured obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company’s current and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 67¤8% notes rank equally with the Company’s future senior subordinated debt and junior to its senior debt, including debt

70




 

under the Company’s senior secured credit facility. In addition, the 67¤8% notes will be effectively junior to any indebtedness of Penn’s non-U.S. Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The 67¤8% notes and guarantees were originally issued in a private placement pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). On August 27, 2004, the Company completed an offer to exchange the notes and guarantees for notes and guarantees registered under the Securities Act having substantially identical terms.

6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes

On March 9, 2005, the Company completed an offering of $250 million of 63¤4% senior subordinated notes that mature on March 1, 2015. Interest on the notes is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning September 1, 2005. The 63¤4% notes are general unsecured obligations and are not guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries. The 63¤4% notes were issued in a private placement pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Other Long-Term Obligations

On October 15, 2004, the Company announced the sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority (the “MTGA”). Under the terms of the agreement, the MTGA acquired The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Pocono Downs (a standardbred horse racing facility located on 400 acres in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania) and five Pennsylvania off-track wagering facilities located in Carbondale, East Stroudsburg, Erie, Hazelton and the Lehigh Valley (Allentown). The sale agreement also provided the MTGA with certain post-closing termination rights in the event of certain materially adverse legislative or regulatory events. In January 2005, the Company received $280 million from the MTGA, and transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. The sale was not considered final for accounting purposes until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding. On August 7, 2006, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement and Release of Claims (“Amendment and Release”) with the MTGA pertaining to the October 14, 2004 Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), and agreed to pay the MTGA an aggregate of $30 million over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of slot operations at Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs, in exchange for the MTGA’s agreement to release various claims it raised against the Company under the Purchase Agreement and the MTGA’s surrender of all post-closing termination rights it might have had under the Purchase Agreement. The Company recorded the present value of the $30 million liability within debt, as the amount due to the MTGA is payable over five years, with the first payment date estimated to occur in late 2007.

Covenants

The Company’s $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility, $200 million 67¤8% and $250 million 63¤4% senior subordinated notes require it, among other obligations, to maintain specified financial ratios and to satisfy certain financial tests, including fixed charge coverage, senior leverage and total leverage ratios. In addition, the Company’s senior secured credit facility, $200 million 67¤8% and $250 million 63¤4% senior subordinated notes restrict, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, amend debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, make investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restricts corporate activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company made certain amendments to its senior secured credit facility, including the modification of the applicable covenants to enable the Company to repurchase up to $200 million of its equity or debt securities, the modification of the Company’s capital expenditure covenant to increase certain permitted expenditures consistent with the Company’s development and expansion projects, and the modification of the Company’s collateral documents in accordance with requirements of the Pennsylvania gaming authorities.

71




At December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all required financial covenants.

Sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge

On October 25, 2005, the Company completed the sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge to an affiliate of Columbia Sussex Corporation for approximately $148.6 million. The Company used the net after-tax proceeds from the sale to reduce debt.

10.          Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal and administrative proceedings relating to personal injuries, employment matters, commercial transactions and other matters arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the final outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. In addition, the Company maintains what it believes is adequate insurance coverage to further mitigate the risks of such proceedings. However, such proceedings can be costly, time consuming and unpredictable and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of such proceedings may not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Further, no assurance can be given that the amount or scope of existing insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover losses arising from such matters.

The following proceedings could result in costs, settlements, damages, or rulings that materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition or operating results. In each instance, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses, claims and/or counter-claims, and intends to vigorously defend itself or pursue its claim.

In October 2002, in response to the Company’s plans to relocate the river barge underlying the Boomtown Biloxi casino to an adjacent property, the lessor of the property on which the Boomtown Biloxi casino conducts a portion of its dockside operations filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi seeking a declaratory judgment that (i) the Company must use the leased premises for a gaming use or, in the alternative, (ii) after the move, the Company will remain obligated to make the revenue-based rent payments to plaintiff set forth in the lease. The plaintiff filed this suit immediately after the Mississippi Gaming Commission approved the Company’s request to relocate the barge. Since such approval, the Mississippi Department of Marine Resources and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers have also approved the Company’s plan to relocate the barge. In March 2004, the trial court ruled in favor of the Company on all counts. The plaintiff appealed the decision to the Fifth Circuit, which upheld the tenant’s right to relocate but remanded the case to the trial court because there was insufficient evidence in the record to determine whether the casino barge would be relocated to a place which would trigger the increased rent obligation under the lease. The trial is scheduled for May 14, 2007. The Company has filed a motion for summary judgment. The parties have also engaged in active settlement negotiations, but have not yet reached a final settlement of this matter.

In November 2005, Capital Seven, LLC and Shawn A. Scott (“Capital Seven”), the sellers of Bangor Historic Track (“BHT”), filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking $30 million plus interest and other damages. Capital Seven alleges a breach of contract by the Company based on the Company’s payment of a $51 million purchase price for the purchase of BHT instead of an alleged $81 million purchase price the sellers claim is due under the purchase agreement. The parties had agreed that the purchase price of BHT would be determined, in part, by the applicable gaming taxes imposed by Maine on the Company’s operations, and currently are disputing the effective tax rate. The dispute is currently in its initial stages. Pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures, the Company deposited $30 million in escrow, pending a resolution. This amount is included within the other assets line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The parties recently completed their selection of arbitrators.

72




In conjunction with the Company’s merger with Argosy, and subsequent disposition of the Argosy Casino Baton Rouge property, the Company became responsible for litigation initiated over eight years ago related to the Baton Rouge property formerly owned by Argosy. On November 26, 1997, Capitol House filed an amended petition in the Nineteenth Judicial District Court for East Baton Rouge Parish, State of Louisiana, amending its previously filed but unserved suit against Richard Perryman, the person selected by the Louisiana Gaming Division to evaluate and rank the applicants seeking a gaming license for East Baton Rouge Parish, and adding state law claims against Jazz Enterprises, Inc., the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. Shareholders, Argosy, Argosy of Louisiana, Inc. and Catfish Queen Partnership in Commendam, d/b/a the Belle of Baton Rouge Casino. This suit alleges that these parties violated the Louisiana Unfair Trade Practices Act in connection with obtaining the gaming license that was issued to Jazz Enterprises, Inc./Catfish Queen Partnership in Commendam. The plaintiff, an applicant for a gaming license whose application was denied by the Louisiana Gaming Division, seeks to prove that the gaming license was invalidly issued and seeks to recover lost gaming revenues that the plaintiff contends it could have earned if the gaming license had been properly issued to the plaintiff.  On October 2, 2006, the Company prevailed on a partial summary judgment motion which limited plaintiff’s damages to its out-of-pocket costs in seeking its gaming license, thereby eliminating any recovery for potential lost gaming profits. On February 6, 2007, the jury returned a verdict of $3.8 million (exclusive of statutory interest) against Jazz Enterprises, Inc. and Argosy. Pursuant to the verdict, the Company established an appropriate reserve at December 31, 2006. The Company is in the process of preparing post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict. The Company has the right to seek indemnification from two of the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. shareholders for any liability suffered as a result of such cause of action, however, there can be no assurance that the former Jazz Enterprises, Inc. shareholders will have assets sufficient to satisfy any claim in excess of Argosy’s recoupment rights.

In May 2006, the Illinois Legislature passed into law House Bill 1918, effective May 26, 2006, which singled out four of the nine Illinois casinos, including the Company’s Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora, for a 3% tax surcharge to subsidize local horse racing interests. The Company began paying this tax surcharge during the three months ended June 30, 2006, and the Company will continue to pay this tax surcharge in upcoming periods. On May 30, 2006, Empress Casino Hotel and Hollywood Casino Aurora joined with the two other riverboats affected by the law, Harrah’s Joliet and the Grand Victoria Casino in Elgin, and filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Twelfth Judicial District in Will County, Illinois (the “Court”), asking the Court to declare the law unconstitutional. The State agreed to the entry of an order that establishes a protest fund for all of the tax surcharge payments and enjoins the Treasurer from making any payments out of that fund pending the final outcome of the litigation. Should the casinos prevail with their challenge, the incremental taxes paid under protest would be refunded. The Company anticipates a long process before a resolution to this matter can be reached.

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company is liable under numerous operating leases for airplanes, automobiles, land for the property on which some of its casinos operate, other equipment and buildings, which expire at various dates through 2093. Total rental expense under these agreements was $28.1 million, $5.2 million, and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The leases for land consist of annual base lease rent payments, plus a percentage rent based on a percent of adjusted gaming wins, as described in the respective leases.

The Company has an operating lease with the City of Bangor for a permanent facility which the Company expects to open in the second quarter of 2008, at a budgeted cost of $131.0 million, which reflects higher construction costs and the addition of a hotel. The expected opening date is fifteen months from receipt of building permits. This permanent facility is subject to a percentage rent equaling 3% of gross slot revenue. The lease is for an initial term of fifteen years, with three ten-year renewal options. The initial term begins with the opening of the permanent facility. An agreement with the City of Bangor calls for a two-year rent moratorium for 2006 and 2007.

73




The future minimum lease commitments relating to the base lease rent portion of noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

11,916

 

2008

 

10,944

 

2009

 

9,804

 

2010

 

8,376

 

2011

 

7,748

 

Thereafter

 

218,644

 

Total

 

$

267,432

 

 

Capital Expenditure Commitments

At December 31, 2006, the Company is contractually committed to spend approximately $162.1 million in capital expenditures for projects in progress.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has two profit-sharing plans under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which covers all eligible employees. The plans enable participating employees to defer a portion of their salary in a retirement fund to be administered by the Company. For the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 401(k) Plan, the Company makes a discretionary match contribution of 50% of employees’ elective salary deferrals, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible employee compensation. For the Argosy Employees Savings Plan, the Company makes a discretionary match contribution of 50% of employees’ elective salary deferrals, up to the lesser of 3% of eligible employee compensation, or $2,000 per year.  Effective July 6, 2006, the Argosy Employee Savings Plan was merged into the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 401(k) Plan.

The Company also has a defined contribution plan, the Charles Town Races Future Service Retirement Plan, covering substantially all of its union employees at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex. The Company makes annual contributions to this plan for the eligible union employees and to the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 401(k) Plan for the eligible non-union employees for an amount equal to the amount accrued for retirement expense, which is calculated as 0.25% of the daily mutual handle and 1.0% up to a base of the net video lottery revenues and, after the base is met, it reverts to 0.5%. Total contributions to the plans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $2.9 million, $2.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that covers most management and other highly-compensated employees. This plan was effective March 1, 2001. The plan allows the participants to defer, on a pre-tax basis, a portion of their base annual salary and bonus, and earn tax-deferred earnings on these deferrals. The plan also provides for matching Company contributions that vest over a five-year period. The Company has established a Trust, and transfers to the Trust, on a periodic basis, an amount necessary to provide, on a present value basis, for its respective future liabilities with respect to participant deferral and Company contribution amounts. The Company’s contributions in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $1.5 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Agreements with Horsemen and Pari-Mutuel Clerks

The Company is required to have agreements with the horsemen at each of its racetracks to conduct its live racing and simulcasting activities. In addition, in order to operate gaming machines in West Virginia, the Company must maintain agreements with each of the Charles Town horsemen, pari-mutuel clerks and breeders.

74




At the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, the Company has an agreement with the Charles Town horsemen that expires on December 31, 2007 and an agreement with the breeders that expires on June 30, 2007. The pari-mutuel clerks at Charles Town are represented under a collective bargaining agreement with the West Virginia Division of Mutuel Clerks that expires on December 31, 2010.

Throughout the Argosy properties, the Seafarers Entertainment and Allied Trade Union represents approximately two thousand employees. Additionally, at the Alton property, the Seafarer International Union of North America, Atlantic, Gulf, Lakes and Inland Waters District/NMU, AFL-CIO represents eight of the Company’s employees, the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers represents nine of the Company’s employees and the Security Police and Fire Professionals of America represents fifty-nine of the Company’s employees. At the Company’s Indiana and Iowa properties, the American Maritime Officers Union represents eighteen of the Company’s employees. The Company has collective bargaining agreements with these unions that expire at various times between July 2007 and June 2011. At the Empress Casino Hotel, the Hotel Employees and Restaurant Employees (“UNITE/HERE”) Union, Local 1 represents approximately three-hundred employees. The UNITE/HERE Joliet labor agreement expires on March 31, 2010. At Raceway Park, the pari-mutuel tellers are represented by the Service Employees International Union (“SEIU”) Local 47, which has subcontracted with UNITE/HERE Local 10 to handle the business affairs of the pari-mutuel tellers, and the current contract expires on May 31, 2007.

The Company’s agreement with the Pennsylvania thoroughbred horsemen at Penn National Race Course expires on September 30, 2011. The Company has an agreement with Local 137 at Penn National Race Course with respect to pari-mutuel clerks and admissions and Telebet personnel that expires on December 31, 2007. The Company also has an agreement in place with the Sports Arena Employees Local 137 (AFL-CIO) with respect to pari-mutuel clerks and admission personnel at the OTWs. That agreement, which the Company is currently documenting, expires on September 30, 2009.

The Company expects to enter into a new, long-term, agreement with the Maine Harness Horsemen Association prior to the start of the 2007 racing season. Pennwood Racing, Inc. also has an agreement in effect with the horsemen at Freehold Raceway, which expires in May 2009.

If the Company fails to maintain agreements with the horsemen at a track, it will not be permitted to conduct live racing and export and import simulcasting at that track and where applicable, the OTWs. In West Virginia, the Company will not be permitted to operate its gaming machines if it fails to maintain agreements with the Charles Town horsemen, pari-mutuel clerks and breeders. In addition, the simulcasting agreements are subject to the horsemen’s approval. If the Company fails to maintain necessary agreements, this failure could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Except for the closure of the facilities at Penn National Race Course and its OTWs from February 16, 1999 to March 24, 1999 due to a horsemen’s strike, and a few days at other times and locations, the Company has been able to maintain the necessary agreements. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain the required agreements.

New Jersey Joint Venture

On January 28, 1999, the Company, along with its joint venture partner, Greenwood Limited Jersey, Inc. (“Greenwood”), purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Freehold Racing Association, Garden State Racetrack and related entities, in a transaction accounted for as a purchase transaction.

The Company made an $11.3 million loan to the joint venture and an equity investment of $.3 million. The loan is evidenced by a subordinated secured note, which has been included in investment in and advances to an unconsolidated affiliate in the consolidated financial statements. The note bears interest at prime plus 2.25% or a minimum of 10% (at December 31, 2006, the interest rate was 10.50%). The Company has recorded interest income in the consolidated statements of income of $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

75




The joint venture, through Freehold Racing Association, was part of a multi-employer pension plan. For collectively bargained, multi-employer pension plans, contributions were made in accordance with negotiated labor contracts and generally were based on days worked. With the passage of the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, the joint venture may, under certain circumstances, become subject to liabilities in excess of contributions made under collective bargaining agreements. Generally, these liabilities are contingent upon the termination, withdrawal, or partial withdrawal from the plans. In June 2006, Freehold Racing Association withdrew from the multi-employer pension plan, and thereby became subject to payment of a withdrawal liability to the multi-employer pension plan. At December 31, 2006, the most recent date for which information is available, the joint venture withdrawal liability was approximately $3.0 million for Freehold Racing Association, which is payable through November 2028.

The Company and Greenwood entered into a Debt Service Maintenance Agreement with a bank in which each joint venture partner has guaranteed up to 50% of a $23.0 million term loan to the joint venture. The guarantee remains in effect for the life of the loan and is due to expire on September 30, 2009. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance on the loan to the joint venture amounted to $13.0 million, of which the Company’s obligation under its guarantee of the term loan was limited to approximately $6.5 million. The Company’s investment in the joint venture is accounted for under the equity method. The original investment was recorded at cost and has been adjusted by the Company’s share of income of the joint venture and distributions received. The Company’s 50% share of the income of the joint venture is included in other income (expenses) in the consolidated statements of income.

11.          Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

$

5,583

 

 

$

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

20,414

 

 

127,300

 

State net operating losses

 

 

28,872

 

 

9,119

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

54,869

 

 

136,419

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(28,510

)

 

(9,119

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

26,359

 

 

127,300

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(139,418

)

 

(75,584

)

Intangibles

 

 

(252,369

)

 

(263,274

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(391,787

)

 

(338,858

)

Net:

 

 

$

(365,428

)

 

$

(211,558

)

Reflected on consolidated balance sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets, net

 

 

$

22,187

 

 

$

48,150

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

(387,615

)

 

(259,708

)

Net deferred taxes

 

 

$

(365,428

)

 

$

(211,558

)

 

For income tax reporting, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards aggregating approximately $511.0 million available to reduce future state income taxes primarily for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the State of Mississippi as of December 31, 2006. Due to state tax statutes on annual net operating loss utilization limits, the availability of gaming tax credits, and income and loss projections in the applicable jurisdictions, a valuation allowance has been recorded to reflect the net operating losses which are not presently expected to be realized. If not used, substantially all the carryforwards will expire at various dates from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2026.

76




The $28.5 million valuation allowance represents the income tax effect of state net operating loss carryforwards of the Company, which are not presently expected to be utilized. In the event that the valuation allowance is ultimately unnecessary, $4.7 million would be treated as an increase to equity, $1.5 million would be treated as a reduction to goodwill, and the remainder would be treated as a reduction of tax expense.

The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Current tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

108,958

 

$

73,463

 

$

32,025

 

State

 

33,067

 

12,184

 

845

 

Foreign

 

433

 

 

 

Total current

 

142,458

 

85,647

 

32,870

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

16,260

 

(24,566

)

17,423

 

State

 

(1,866

)

(6,488

)

(5

)

Total deferred

 

14,394

 

(31,054

)

17,418

 

Total provision

 

$

156,852

 

$

54,593

 

$

50,288

 

 

The following table reconciles the statutory federal income tax rate to the actual effective income tax rate for 2006, 2005 and 2004:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Percent of pretax income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State and local income taxes

 

5.5

%

2.6

%

0.4

%

Permanent differences

 

1.8

%

0.7

%

1.0

%

Other miscellaneous items

 

0.1

%

0.2

%

0.1

%

 

 

42.4

%

38.5

%

36.5

%

 

12.          Shareholders’ Equity

Stock Split

On February 3, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a 2-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock. The stock split was in the form of a stock dividend of one additional share of the Company’s common stock for each share held. The additional shares were distributed on March 7, 2005 to shareholders of record on February 14, 2005. As a result of the stock dividend, the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock increased to approximately 82.8 million. All references in the consolidated financial statements to number of shares and net income per share amounts of the Company’s common stock have been retroactively restated to reflect the increased number of common stock shares outstanding.

77




Shareholder Rights Plan

On May 20, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (the “Right” or “Rights”) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 19, 1999. In addition, a Right is issued for each share of common stock issued after March 19, 1999 and prior to the Rights’ expiration. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share (a “Preferred Stock Fraction”) of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (or another series of preferred stock with substantially similar terms) , or a combination of securities and assets of equivalent value, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Preferred Stock Fraction, subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) dated March 2, 1999 between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company as Rights Agent.

The Rights are attached to the shares of the Company’s common stock until they become exercisable. Generally, the Rights will be exercisable beginning on a specified date after a person or group acquires 15% or more of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Acquisition Date”), commences a tender or exchange offer that will result in such person or group acquiring 20% or more of the outstanding common stock or a determination that a beneficial owner’s ownership of a substantial amount of the Company’s common stock (at least 10%) is intended to pressure the Company to take action not in the long-term best interests of the Company or may have a material adverse impact (“Adverse Person”) on the business or prospects of the Company. The Company will is entitled to redeem the Rights at a price of $.01 per Right (payable in cash or stock) at any time until 10 days following a Stock Acquisition Date or the date on which a person is determined to be an Adverse Person. Upon the occurrence of certain events described in the Rights Agreement, each holder of Rights (other than Rights owned by a shareholder who has acquired 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock or who is determined to be an Adverse Person, which Rights become void) will have the right to receive, upon exercise, Preferred Stock Fractions (or, in certain circumstances, Company common stock , the acquiring company’s common stock, cash, property or other securities of the Company) having a market value of twice the exercise price of each Right. Following any such event, the Company may permit holders to surrender their Rights in exchange for Preferred Stock Fractions (or other property or securities, as the case may be) equal to half the value otherwise purchasable or exchange each Right for one Preferred Share Fraction. A potential dilutive effect may exist upon the exercise of the Rights. Until a Right is exercised, the holder will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitations, the right to vote as a stockholder or to receive dividends. The Rights are not exercisable until the distribution date, and will expire at the close of business on March 18, 2009, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

13.          Stock-Based Compensation

In April 1994, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders adopted and approved the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the “1994 Plan”). The 1994 Plan permitted the grant of options to purchase up to 12,000,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to antidilution adjustments, at a price per share no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date an option is granted with respect to incentive stock options only. The price would be no less than 110% of fair market value in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock. The 1994 Plan provided for the granting of both incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and nonqualified stock options, which do not so qualify. The 1994 Plan terminated in April 2004, but options granted prior to the 1994 Plan’s termination remain outstanding.

On April 16, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2003 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2003 Plan”). On May 22, 2003, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2003 Plan. The 2003 Plan was effective June 1, 2003 and permits the grant of options to purchase Common Stock and other market-based and performance-based awards. Up to 12,000,000 shares of

78




Common Stock are available for awards under the 2003 Plan. The 2003 Plan provides for the granting of both incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and nonqualified stock options, which do not so qualify. The exercise price per share may be no less than (i) 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date an option is granted for incentive stock options and (ii) 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date an option is granted for nonqualified stock options. Unless this plan is extended, no awards shall be granted or exchanges effected under this plan after May 31, 2013. At December 31, 2006, there were 4,182,600 options available for future grants under the 2003 Plan.

Stock options that expire between February 8, 2007 and January 12, 2016 have been granted to officers, directors and employees to purchase Common Stock at prices ranging from $2.03 to $41.37 per share. All options were granted at the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date the options were granted.

The following table contains information on stock options issued under the plans for the three-year period ended December 31, 2006:

 

 

Number of 
Option Shares

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2003

 

 

6,858,500

 

 

 

$

6.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

2,006,000

 

 

 

13.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,889,240

)

 

 

4.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(34,000

)

 

 

7.91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

 

 

6,941,260

 

 

 

$

8.78

 

 

 

5.45

 

 

 

$

149,229

 

 

Granted

 

 

2,813,000

 

 

 

29.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,932,946

)

 

 

5.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(87,500

)

 

 

9.84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

 

 

7,733,814

 

 

 

$

17.09

 

 

 

5.34

 

 

 

$

122,844

 

 

Granted

 

 

1,784,400

 

 

 

33.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,310,113

)

 

 

9.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(97,500

)

 

 

22.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

 

 

8,110,601

 

 

 

$

21.87

 

 

 

4.97

 

 

 

$

160,225

 

 

 

Included in the above are common stock options that were issued in 2003 to the Company’s Chairman outside of the 1994 Plan and the 2003 Plan. These options were issued at $7.95 per share, and are exercisable through February 6, 2013. At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the number of these common stock options that were outstanding was 23,750 and 95,000, respectively. In addition, the Company issued 160,000 restricted stock awards in 2004, which fully vest in May 2009, and issued 280,000 restricted stock awards in 2006, which fully vest by 2011. The restricted stock grants in 2004 and 2006 were made pursuant to the 2003 Plan. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $14.58, $12.17 and $6.61, respectively.

Exercisable at December 31,

 

Number of
Option Shares

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price

 

2006

 

 

2,848,451

 

 

 

$

14.11

 

 

2005

 

 

2,036,064

 

 

 

8.44

 

 

2004

 

 

1,946,010

 

 

 

5.74

 

 

 

79




The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $37.4 million, $53.1 million and $24.9 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, there were 2,848,451 shares that were exercisable, with a weighted-average exercise price of $14.11, a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 3.7 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $78.4 million.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2006:

 

 

Exercise Price Range

 

Total

 

 

 

$2.03 to

 

$14.56 to

 

$30.18 to

 

$2.03 to

 

 

 

$12.15

 

$29.22

 

$41.37

 

$41.37

 

Outstanding options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number outstanding

 

3,322,476

 

2,826,225

 

1,961,900

 

8,110,601

 

Weighted-average remaining contractual life (years)

 

3.54

 

5.56

 

6.55

 

4.97

 

Weighted-average exercise price

 

$

9.84

 

$

28.04

 

$

33.34

 

$

21.87

 

Exercisable options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number outstanding

 

2,096,976

 

705,225

 

46,250

 

2,848,451

 

Weighted-average exercise price

 

$

9.21

 

$

27.40

 

$

33.43

 

$

14.11

 

 

Compensation costs related to stock-based compensation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 totaled $20.6 million pre-tax ($14.9 million after-tax), or $.17 per diluted share, and are included in the consolidated statements of income under general and administrative expenses.

At December 31, 2006, the total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized equaled $45.2 million, including $38.0 million for stock options and $7.2 million for restricted stock. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, which will not exceed five years.

14.          Segment Information

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, the Company views each property as an operating segment. Historically, the Company aggregated its gaming properties that were economically similar, offered similar types of products and services, catered to the same types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called gaming, and aggregated its racing properties that were economically similar, offered similar products and services, catered to the similar types of customers and were similarly regulated into a reportable segment called racing.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, the Company modified its segment reporting from two reportable segments to one reportable segment, as the Company believes that its gaming and racing properties can now be aggregated together in accordance with SFAS 131, due to ongoing changes at its racing properties, including the upcoming introduction of slot machines at Penn National Race Course.

80




15.          Summarized Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

Following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

 

Fiscal Quarter

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

547,802

 

$

537,773

 

$

586,111

 

$

572,861

 

Income from continuing operations

 

128,901

 

121,837

 

$

128,055

 

199,048

 

Net income

 

41,983

 

42,695

 

155,060

 

87,350

 

Basic earnings per share

 

0.50

 

0.51

 

1.84

 

1.03

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

0.49

 

0.49

 

1.79

 

1.00

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues(1)

 

$

281,430

 

$

296,204

 

$

286,937

 

$

504,534

 

Income from continuing operations

 

56,299

 

33,643

 

$

42,294

 

111,312

 

Net income

 

15,802

 

12,119

 

55,401

 

37,608

 

Basic earnings per share

 

0.19

 

0.15

 

0.67

 

0.45

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

0.19

 

0.14

 

0.64

 

0.44

 


(1)          Reflects reclassification for cash redemption coupons to contra-revenue from operating expense described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition and Promotional Allowances in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, net revenues are net of promotional allowances.

16.          Related Party Transactions

Life Insurance Policies

The Company has paid premiums on life insurance policies (the “Policies”) on behalf of certain irrevocable trusts (the “Trusts”) created by the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The policies cover the Chairman and CEO’s life and that of his spouse. The Trusts are the owners and beneficiaries of the policies and are obligated to reimburse the Company for all premiums paid when the insurance matures or upon death. To secure the Company’s interest in each of the Policies, the Trusts have executed a collateral assignment of each of the Policies to the Company. At December 31, 2006, the Company has recorded a receivable in other assets from such Trusts in the amount of $2.3 million. The Company paid premiums for these policies totaling $124,406, $238,000 and $241,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Executive Office Lease

The Company currently leases 32,196 square feet of office and warehouse space for buildings in Wyomissing, Pennsylvania for its executive offices from affiliates of its Chairman and CEO. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. The leases for the office space expire in June 2008, March 2012 and May 2012, and the lease for the warehouse space expired in August 2006. The future minimum lease commitments relating to these leases at December 31, 2006 equaled $3.7 million. The Company also paid $1.3 million and $0.4 million in construction costs to these same affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

81




17.          Subsidiary Guarantors

Under the terms of the $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility, all of the Company’s subsidiaries are guarantors under the agreement, with the exception of several minor subsidiaries with total assets of $18.7 million (approximately .4% of total assets at December 31, 2006). Each of the subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned by Penn. In addition, the guarantees provided by the Company’s subsidiaries under the terms of the $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility are full and unconditional, joint and several, and Penn has no significant independent assets and no independent operations at, and for the twelve months ended, December 31, 2006. There are no significant restrictions within the $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. However, in certain jurisdictions, the gaming authorities may impose restrictions pursuant to the authority granted to them with regard to the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries.

With regard to the $2.725 billion senior secured credit facility, the Company has not presented condensed consolidating balance sheets, condensed consolidating statements of income and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows at, and for the years ended, December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, as Penn had no significant independent assets and no independent operations at, and for the year ended, December 31, 2006, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of the parent company other than the subsidiary guarantors are considered minor.

Under the terms of the $200 million 67¤8% senior subordinated notes, most of the Company’s subsidiaries are guarantors. Each of the subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned by Penn. In addition, the guarantees provided by the Company’s subsidiaries under the terms of the $200 million 67¤8% senior subordinated notes are full and unconditional, joint and several, and Penn had no significant independent assets and no independent operations at, and for the year ended December 31, 2006. There are no significant restrictions within the $200 million 67¤8% senior subordinated notes on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. However, in certain jurisdictions, the gaming authorities may impose restrictions pursuant to the authority granted to them with regard to the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries.

Summarized financial information, excluding the segregation of discontinued operations, at, and for the years ended, December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 for Penn, the subsidiary guarantors of the 67¤8% senior subordinated notes and subsidiary non-guarantors is presented below. For purposes of comparability, certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

82




 

 

Penn

 

Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

43,405

 

 

$

347,973

 

 

 

$

15,801

 

 

 

$

(5,216

)

 

 

$

401,963

 

 

Net property and equipment, at cost

 

1,942

 

 

1,363,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,365,871

 

 

Other assets

 

3,662,364

 

 

2,572,449

 

 

 

(5,194

)

 

 

(3,483,371

)

 

 

2,746,248

 

 

Total

 

$

3,707,711

 

 

$

4,284,351

 

 

 

$

10,607

 

 

 

$

(3,488,587

)

 

 

$

4,514,082

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

23,537

 

 

$

386,119

 

 

 

$

6,810

 

 

 

$

(795

)

 

 

$

415,671

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

2,763,011

 

 

3,427,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,013,439

)

 

 

3,177,248

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

921,163

 

 

470,556

 

 

 

3,797

 

 

 

(474,353

)

 

 

921,163

 

 

Total

 

$

3,707,711

 

 

$

4,284,351

 

 

 

$

10,607

 

 

 

$

(3,488,587

)

 

 

$

4,514,082

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

 

 

$

2,226,606

 

 

 

$

18,146

 

 

 

$

(205

)

 

 

$

2,244,547

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

73,320

 

 

1,575,953

 

 

 

17,638

 

 

 

(205

)

 

 

1,666,706

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

(73,320

)

 

650,653

 

 

 

508

 

 

 

 

 

 

577,841

 

 

Other (expense) income

 

(44,851

)

 

35,931

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,965

)

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(118,171

)

 

686,584

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

 

 

 

568,876

 

 

Taxes on income

 

(66,994

)

 

308,349

 

 

 

433

 

 

 

 

 

 

241,788

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(51,177

)

 

$

378,235

 

 

 

$

30

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

327,088

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(52,679

)

 

$

334,846

 

 

 

$

(358

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

281,809

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(2,407

)

 

(299,934

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(302,341

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

57,814

 

 

(1,387

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,427

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

2,728

 

 

33,525

 

 

 

(358

)

 

 

 

 

 

35,895

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

(1,841

)

 

133,863

 

 

 

598

 

 

 

 

 

 

132,620

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

887

 

 

$

167,388

 

 

 

$

240

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

168,515

 

 

As of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

3,125

 

 

$

273,840

 

 

 

$

17,622

 

 

 

$

11,788

 

 

 

$

306,375

 

 

Net property and equipment, at cost

 

14,739

 

 

1,079,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,094,276

 

 

Other assets

 

3,171,884

 

 

3,145,822

 

 

 

(4,575

)

 

 

(3,523,378

)

 

 

2,789,753

 

 

Total

 

$

3,189,748

 

 

$

4,499,199

 

 

 

$

13,047

 

 

 

$

(3,511,590

)

 

 

$

4,190,404

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

61,537

 

 

$

270,307

 

 

 

$

9,376

 

 

 

$

89

 

 

 

$

341,309

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

2,757,359

 

 

3,831,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,286,594

)

 

 

3,302,552

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

370,852

 

 

397,105

 

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

(225,085

)

 

 

546,543

 

 

Total

 

$

3,189,748

 

 

$

4,499,199

 

 

 

$

13,047

 

 

 

$

(3,511,590

)

 

 

$

4,190,404

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

 

 

$

1,362,680

 

 

 

$

86,123

 

 

 

$

(436

)

 

 

$

1,448,367

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

30,796

 

 

1,086,515

 

 

 

82,750

 

 

 

(436

)

 

 

1,199,625

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

(30,796

)

 

276,165

 

 

 

3,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

248,742

 

 

Other (expense) income

 

(13,908

)

 

(91,676

)

 

 

50,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54,692

)

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(44,704

)

 

184,489

 

 

 

54,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

194,050

 

 

Taxes on income

 

15,151

 

 

57,682

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

 

 

 

73,120

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(59,855

)

 

$

126,807

 

 

 

$

53,978

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

120,930

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

457,707

 

 

$

(279,648

)

 

 

$

(27,584

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

150,475

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(2,337,553

)

 

358,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,978,800

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

1,874,974

 

 

(1,753

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,873,221

 

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

(111

)

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(4,872

)

 

77,567

 

 

 

(27,695

)

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

3,031

 

 

56,296

 

 

 

28,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,620

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

(1,841

)

 

$

133,863

 

 

 

$

598

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

132,620

 

 

 

83




 

 

 

Penn

 

Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

16,291

 

 

$

139,790

 

 

 

$

46,840

 

 

 

$

5,046

 

 

 

$

207,967

 

 

Net property and equipment, at cost

 

11,849

 

 

619,920

 

 

 

102,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

734,333

 

 

Other assets

 

1,180,719

 

 

640,177

 

 

 

(6,213

)

 

 

(1,124,282

)

 

 

690,401

 

 

Total

 

$

1,208,859

 

 

$

1,399,887

 

 

 

$

143,191

 

 

 

$

(1,119,236

)

 

 

$

1,632,701

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

74,313

 

 

$

72,238

 

 

 

$

191,067

 

 

 

$

(4,280

)

 

 

$

333,338

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

853,855

 

 

1,128,933

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

(1,082,026

)

 

 

901,271

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

280,691

 

 

198,716

 

 

 

(48,385

)

 

 

(32,930

)

 

 

398,092

 

 

Total

 

$

1,208,859

 

 

$

1,399,887

 

 

 

$

143,191

 

 

 

$

(1,119,236

)

 

 

$

1,632,701

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

 

 

$

1,128,439

 

 

 

$

150,427

 

 

 

$

(1,543

)

 

 

$

1,277,323

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

23,865

 

 

887,593

 

 

 

151,078

 

 

 

(1,543

)

 

 

1,060,993

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

(23,865

)

 

240,846

 

 

 

(651

)

 

 

 

 

 

216,330

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

37,698

 

 

(113,635

)

 

 

(27,073

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(103,018

)

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

13,833

 

 

127,211

 

 

 

(27,724

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

113,312

 

 

Taxes on income

 

(4,094

)

 

45,765

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,828

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

17,927

 

 

$

81,446

 

 

 

$

(27,881

)

 

 

$

(8

)

 

 

$

71,484

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

127,599

 

 

$

70,746

 

 

 

$

(1,181

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

197,164

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(13,397

)

 

(52,235

)

 

 

(1,482

)

 

 

 

 

 

(67,114

)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(122,383

)

 

(5,883

)

 

 

4,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

(124,177

)

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(8,181

)

 

12,880

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,053

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

11,212

 

 

43,417

 

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,567

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

3,031

 

 

$

56,297

 

 

 

$

28,292

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

87,620

 

 

 

18.          Discontinued Operations—Disposition of Hollywood Casino Shreveport

On August 27, 2004, the Company’s unrestricted subsidiary, Hollywood Casino Shreveport (“HCS”), in cooperation with an Ad Hoc Committee representing a majority of its noteholders, entered into an agreement with Eldorado Resorts LLC (“Eldorado”) providing for the acquisition of HCS by certain affiliates of Eldorado. On September 10, 2004, a group of HCS’s creditors, led by Black Diamond Capital Management, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Western District of Louisiana (“U.S. Bankruptcy Court”), located in Shreveport, Louisiana, an involuntary petition against HCS for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. On October 30, 2004, HCS agreed to the entry of an order for relief in the Chapter 11 case that had been filed against it, and HCS I, Inc., HCS II, Inc., HWCC-Louisiana, Inc. and Shreveport Capital Corporation commenced voluntary cases under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. HCS’s debt was non-recourse to the Company and its other subsidiaries.

On July 6, 2005, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming a Chapter 11 plan that provided for the acquisition of HCS by certain affiliates of Eldorado and, on July 22, 2005, the acquisition was completed. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax gain of approximately $58.3 million, representing the aggregate amount of previously-recorded losses. The after-tax effect of the gain was approximately $37.9 million.

84




The Company has historically reflected the results of this transaction by classifying the assets, liabilities and results of operations of HCS as assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”). The Company held no HCS assets or liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Summarized financial information at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 for HCS is as follows:

HWCC-Louisiana, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements Of Operations
(in thousands)

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net revenues

 

 

$

 

 

$

67,527

 

$

134,150

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

2,884

 

(1,239

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(5,474

)

(18,261

)

 

19.          Discontinued Operations—Sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and Subsidiaries

On October 15, 2004, the Company announced the sale of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. Under the terms of the agreement, MTGA acquired The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Pocono Downs (a standardbred horse racing facility located on 400 acres in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania) and five Pennsylvania off-track wagering facilities located in Carbondale, East Stroudsburg, Erie, Hazelton and the Lehigh Valley (Allentown). The sale agreement also provided the MTGA with certain post-closing termination rights in the event of certain materially adverse legislative or regulatory events.

In January 2005, the Company received $280 million from the MTGA, and transferred the operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA. Reflecting taxes, post closing adjustments, fees and other expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of approximately $175 million, which, in accordance with the Company’s credit agreement, were used to retire debt or to reinvest in capital expenditures. The Company recorded the net proceeds, after paying down approximately $60 million of the senior credit facility, as restricted cash. The Company applied the remaining balance of the restricted cash, of approximately $97.0 million, to senior debt reduction in April 2005.

The sale was not considered final for accounting purposes until the third quarter of 2006, as the MTGA had certain post-closing termination rights that remained outstanding. On August 7, 2006, the Company entered into the Amendment and Release with the MTGA pertaining to the October 14, 2004 Purchase Agreement, and agreed to pay the MTGA an aggregate of $30 million over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of slot operations at Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs, in exchange for the MTGA’s agreement to release various claims it raised against the Company under the Purchase Agreement and the MTGA’s surrender of all post-closing termination rights it might have had under the Purchase Agreement. As a result of the Amendment and Release, the Company recorded, in accordance with GAAP, a net book gain on the $250 million sale ($280 million initial price, less $30 million payable pursuant to the Amendment and Release) of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries to the MTGA of $114.0 million (net of $84.9 million of income taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, the Company recorded the $24.6 million present value of the $30 million liability within debt, as the amount due to the MTGA is payable over five years, with the first payment date to occur in late 2007.

At December 31, 2005, the Company reflected the results of this transaction by classifying the assets, liabilities and results of operations of The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries as restricted assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144.

85




Summarized financial information at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 for The Downs Racing, Inc. and its subsidiaries is as follows:

The Downs Racing, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands)

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

 

$

33

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

34,385

 

Other assets

 

 

16,565

 

Total restricted assets for sale

 

$

 

$

50,983

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

 

$

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

 

Total restricted liabilities for sale

 

$

 

$

 

 

The Downs Racing, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements Of Operations
(in thousands)

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net revenues

 

$

 

$

1,813

 

$

37,881

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(86

)

3,789

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

(38

)

2,405

 

 

20.          Discontinued Operations—Sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge

On October 25, 2005, pursuant to the previously-announced Securities Purchase Agreement among Argosy, Wimar Tahoe Corporation and CP Baton Rouge Casino, L.L.C., an affiliate of Columbia Sussex Corporation, the Company completed its sale of Argosy Casino Baton Rouge to Columbia Sussex Corporation for approximately $148.6 million. The Company owned Argosy Casino Baton Rouge for twenty-four days prior to the sale. The Company did not record a gain or loss on sale of the property, as the sale price on date of disposition equaled the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, but assigned a purchase price equal to $148.6 million.

Net revenues, income from continuing operations and net income for Argosy Casino Baton Rouge for the year ended December 31, 2005 equaled $9.9 million, $2.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

86




ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On June 12, 2006, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) dismissed BDO Seidman, LLP (“BDO”) as our independent registered public accounting firm, and engaged Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) as our new independent registered public accounting firm.  The decision to engage EY was made by the Audit Committee in light of the relative strength of EY’s experience with gaming companies.

The report of BDO on our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor was such report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.  BDO’s report, dated March 7, 2006, on our consolidated financial statements expressed an unqualified opinion.  The report of BDO on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion.

During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and through June 12, 2006, we did not have any disagreements with BDO on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of BDO, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report.

During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and through June 12, 2006, there were no “reportable events”, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

As required by Item 4.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, we included the above disclosure in a Form 8-K we filed on June 16, 2006.  We provided BDO with a copy of the disclosure in advance of filing the Form 8-K and requested that BDO furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements made by us and, if not, stating the respects in which it did not agree.  A copy of the letter, dated June 14, 2006, furnished by BDO in response to that request is included as Exhibit 16.1 to this 10-K.

During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and through June 12, 2006, neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf consulted with EY regarding any of the matters specified in Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, evaluated and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Based upon the evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures by the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as of December 31, 2006, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized,

87




evaluated and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included below.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

88




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors
Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2006 consolidated financial statements of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated February 23, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 23, 2007

 

89




ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this item concerning directors is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2007 Proxy Statement”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2006 pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Act. Information required by this item concerning executive officers is included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information called for in this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the 2007 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

The information called for in this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the 2007 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information called for in this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the 2007 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2007 Proxy Statement.

90




PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) 1 and 2.

 

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules. The following is a list of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and supplementary data filed as part of Item 8 hereof:

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3.   Exhibits, Including Those Incorporated by Reference.

 

 

The exhibits to this Report are listed on the accompanying index to exhibits and are incorporated herein by reference or are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

91




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

 

By:

/s/ PETER M. CARLINO

 

Peter M. Carlino
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

 

Dated:  March 1, 2007

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ PETER M. CARLINO

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief

 

March 1, 2007

Peter M. Carlino

 

Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

/s/ WILLIAM J. CLIFFORD

 

Senior Vice President Finance and Chief

 

 

William J. Clifford

 

Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 1, 2007

/s/ HAROLD CRAMER

 

 

 

 

Harold Cramer

 

Director

 

March 1, 2007

/s/ DAVID A. HANDLER

 

 

 

 

David A. Handler

 

Director

 

March 1, 2007

/s/ JOHN M. JACQUEMIN

 

 

 

 

John M. Jacquemin

 

Director

 

March 1, 2007

/s/ ROBERT P. LEVY

 

 

 

 

Robert P. Levy

 

Director

 

March 1, 2007

/s/ BARBARA Z. SHATTUCK

 

 

 

 

Barbara Z. Shattuck

 

Director

 

March 1, 2007

 

92




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit

 

 

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 7, 2002, by and among Hollywood Casino Corporation, Penn National Gaming, Inc. and P Acquisition Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, dated August 7, 2002).

2.2

 

Purchase Agreement by and among PNGI Pocono Corp., PNGI, LLC, and the Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority, dated October 14, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 20, 2004).

2.2(a)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2005, by and among PNGI Pocono Corp., PNGI, LLC, and The Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

2.2(b)

 

Second Amendment to Purchase Agreement and Release of Claims, dated as of August 7, 2006, between PNGI Pocono Inc. and The Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority, and joined in by Penn National Gaming, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

2.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 3, 2004, among Penn National Gaming, Inc., Argosy Gaming Company and Thoroughbred Acquisition Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed November 5, 2004).

2.4

 

Agreement to Execute Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 20, 2005, among Penn National Gaming, Inc., CP Baton Rouge Casino, L.L.C. and Columbia Sussex Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed June 22, 2005).

2.4(a)

 

Letter agreement, dated October 3, 2005, among Penn National Gaming, Inc., CP Baton Rouge Casino, L.L.C., Columbia Sussex Corporation and Wimar Tahoe Corporation amending Agreement to Execute Securities Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 4, 2005).

2.5

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2005, among Argosy Gaming Company, Wimar Tahoe Corporation and CP Baton Rouge Casino, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 4, 2005).

2.6

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2006, by and among Zia Partners, LLC, Zia Park, LLC and (solely with respect to Section 2.6 and Articles VI and XII thereof) Penn National Gaming, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed November 9, 2006).

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Penn National Gaming, Inc., filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on October 15, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, File #333-63780, dated June 25, 2001).

3.2

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Penn National Gaming, Inc., filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on November 13, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, File #333-63780, dated June 25, 2001).

3.3

 

Statement with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Penn National Gaming, Inc., filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on March 16, 1999. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, File #333-63780, dated June 25, 2001).




 

3.4

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Penn National Gaming, Inc., filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on July 23, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).

3.5

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penn National Gaming, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).

4.1

 

Specimen copy of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).

4.2

 

Rights Agreement dated as of March 2, 1999, between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, dated March 17, 1999).

4.3

 

Indenture dated as of February 28, 2002 by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., certain guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company relating to the 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s post-effective amendment to its registration statement on Form S-3, File #333-63780, dated February 26, 2002).

4.4

 

Form of Penn National Gaming, Inc. 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010. (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3).

4.5

 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., certain guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company relating to the 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Included as Exhibit F to Exhibit 4.3).

4.6

 

Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 20, 2002 by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., certain guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company relating to the 87¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

4.7

 

Indenture dated as of December 4, 2003 by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., certain guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association relating to the 67¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

4.8

 

Form of Penn National Gaming, Inc. 67¤8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2011. (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.7).

4.9

 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., certain guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association relating to the 67¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011. (Included as Exhibit F to Exhibit 4.7).

4.10

 

Indenture dated as of March 9, 2005 by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association relating to the 63¤4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed March 15, 2005).

4.10(a)

 

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 5, 2005 between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association relating to the 63¤4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4, filed July 7, 2005 (File #333-125274)).

4.11

 

Form of Penn National Gaming, Inc. 63¤4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.10).




 

9.1

 

Form of Trust Agreement of Peter D. Carlino, Peter M. Carlino, Richard J. Carlino, David E. Carlino, Susan F. Harrington, Anne de Lourdes Irwin, Robert M. Carlino, Stephen P. Carlino and Rosina E. Carlino Gilbert. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994).

10.1#

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994).

10.2#

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc. 2003 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Proxy Statement dated April 22, 2003 filed pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

10.2(a)#

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate for the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 2003 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2(a) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

10.2(b)#

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Certificate for the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 2003 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2(b) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

10.2(c)#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award for the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 2003 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2(c) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

10.3#

 

Employment Agreement dated May 26, 2004 between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Peter M. Carlino. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).

10.4#

 

Employment Agreement dated June 10, 2005 between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and William Clifford. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on June 16, 2005).

10.5#

 

Employment Agreement dated June 10, 2005 between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Jordan B. Savitch. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on June 16, 2005).

10.6#

 

Employment Agreement dated July 31, 2006 between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Leonard DeAngelo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on August 2, 2006).

10.7#

 

Separation Agreement and General Release dated October 3, 2006, between Kevin DeSanctis and Penn National Gaming, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, dated October 6, 2006).

10.8

 

Consulting Agreement dated August 29, 1994, between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Peter D. Carlino. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Lease dated April 5, 2005 between Wyomissing Professional Center III, LP and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 8, 2005).

10.10

 

Lease dated January 25, 2002 between Wyomissing Professional Center II, LP and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).

10.10(a)

 

Commencement Agreement, dated May 21, 2002, in connection with Lease dated January 25, 2002 Wyomissing Professional Center II, LP and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12(a) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).




 

10.10(b)

 

First Lease Amendment, dated December 4, 2002, to Lease dated January 25, 2002 Wyomissing Professional Center II, LP and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12(b) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).

10.11

 

Lease dated April 5, 2005 between Wyomissing Professional Center, Inc. and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2005).

10.12

 

Letter Agreement for the Construction of Certain Improvements, dated April 5, 2005, in connection with the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 8, 2005).

10.13

 

Lease dated August 22, 2003 between The Corporate Campus at Spring Ridge 1250, L.P. and Penn National Gaming, Inc. for portion of the Wyomissing Corporate Office. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).

10.14

 

Agreement dated April 7, 2006 by and between PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited Liability Company and the West Virginia Union of Mutuel Clerks, Local 553, Service Employees International Union, AFL-CIO. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 24, 2006).

10.15

 

Agreement dated December 21, 2004 between PNGI Charles Town Gaming, LLC and Charles Town H.B.P.A., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).

10.16

 

Credit Agreement, dated October 3, 2005 by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Swingline Lender, Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and Calyon New York Branch, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of Scotland, as Co-Documentation Agents, and the lenders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 4, 2005).

10.16(a)

 

Amendment, dated September 18, 2006, to the Credit Agreement by and among Penn National Gaming, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Swingline Lender, Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and Calyon New York Branch, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of Scotland, as Co-Documentation Agents, and the lenders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on September 21, 2006).

10.17

 

Ground Lease dated as of October 11, 1993 between R.M. Leatherman and Hugh M. Mageveney, III, as Landlord, and SRCT, as Tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of HWCC-Tunica, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-82182, dated August 1, 1994).

10.18

 

Letter Agreement dated as of October 11, 1993 between R.M. Leatherman and Hugh M. Mageveney, III, as Landlord, and SRCT, as Tenant (relating to Ground Lease). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of HWCC-Tunica, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-82182, dated August 1, 1994).

10.19

 

Assignment of Lease and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 31, 1994 between SRCT and STP (relating to Ground Lease). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of HWCC-Tunica, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-82182, dated August 1, 1994).




 

10.20#

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option granted to Peter M. Carlino, dated February 6, 2003. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

10.21

 

Ground Lease, dated October 19, 1993, between Raphael Skrmetta as Landlord and Mississippi — I Gaming, L.P. as Tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, File #000-10619).

10.21(a)

 

First Amendment to Ground Lease dated October 19, 1993, between Raphael Skrmetta and Mississippi — I Gaming, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, File #000-10619).

10.21(b)

 

Second Amendment to Ground Lease dated October 19, 1993, between Raphael Skrmetta and Mississippi — I Gaming, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, File #000-10619).

10.22

 

Penn-Argosy Merger Approval Agreement between the Illinois Gaming Board and Penn National Gaming, Inc., effective September 29, 2005. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).

10.22(a)

 

First Amendment to the September 29, 2005 Penn-Argosy Merger Approval Agreement, dated April 25, 2006, between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and the Illinois Gaming Board. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

10.23

 

Riverboat Gaming Development Agreement between the City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana and Indiana Gaming Company, L.P. dated as of April 13, 1994, as amended by Amendment Number One to Riverboat Development Agreement between the City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana and Indiana Gaming Company L.P., dated as of December 28, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Argosy Gaming Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (File #00-21122)).

10.23(a)

 

Second Amendment to Riverboat Gaming Development Agreement Between City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana, and the Indiana Gaming Company, L.P. dated August 20, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23(a) to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

10.23(b)

 

Third Amendment to Riverboat Gaming Development Agreement Between City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana, and the Indiana Gaming Company, L.P. dated June 24, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Argosy Gaming Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 1-11853)).

10.24*

 

Claim Settlement Agreement among Penn National Gaming, Inc. and the insurance providers severally underwriting share of the Company’s all-risk property insurance program, completed January 22, 2007.

10.25#

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2005).

10.26#*

 

Compensatory Arrangements with Certain Executive Officers.

10.27#*

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended.

14.1

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc. Code of Business Conduct. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 24, 2006).

16.1

 

Letter, dated June 14, 2006, from BDO Seidman, LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed June 16, 2006).




 

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2*

 

Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1*

 

CEO Certification pursuant to rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

31.2*

 

CFO Certification pursuant to rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

32.1*

 

CEO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

 

CFO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

99.1*

 

Description of Governmental Regulation.


#                 Compensation plans and arrangements for executives and others.

*                    Filed herewith.



Exhibit 10.24

CLAIM SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

This Claim Settlement Agreement (hereafter, the “Agreement”) is executed this 16th day of January 2007, by and between (1)  Penn National Gaming, Inc. (hereafter, “Penn National” as further defined in Paragraph 1.a., below) and (2) those insurers of Penn National listed in Appendix A hereto severally underwriting shares of Penn National’s all-risk property insurance program as shown in Appendix A for the period from August 8, 2005 to August 8, 2006 (hereafter collectively, the “Insurers” as further defined in Paragraph 1.b. below and individually as “Insurer”).  Penn National and the Insurers are referred to from time to time collectively as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”

RECITATIONS

WHEREAS, Penn National’s real and personal property located in Mississippi sustained physical loss or damage arising out of Hurricane Katrina/Catastrophe #49 on or about August 29, 2005 and Penn National sustained directly related time element loss and expense for which it gave notice of claim to its all-risk property insurers (all such first-party interests claimed collectively referred to hereafter as the “Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim”, a term further defined in 1.c. below);

WHEREAS, the Insurers severally underwrote limits of the first-party insurance policies listed in Appendix A, which constituted all the all-risk property insurance placed by Penn National for the policy period August 8, 2005 to August 8, 2006 (collectively hereafter, the “Policies”);

WHEREAS, the Insurers appointed representatives to adjust the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim under a full reservation of rights, and, prior to the date of this Agreement, a total of One Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars (US) ($125,000,000) had been paid on account




to Penn National by Insurers underwriting the insurance limits up to that level (collectively hereafter, the “Prior Payments”)

WHEREAS, Penn National and the Insurers underwriting limits excess of One Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars (US) ($125,000,000) recently engaged in good faith discussions concerning possible grounds for resolving any and all open elements of the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim and have reached a settlement-in-principle reflected herein for a full and final resolution of the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim;

WHEREAS, Penn National and the Insurers make this compromise Agreement as a commercial resolution without prejudice to the respective positions previously taken during the adjustment or in any other or future claim between or among them or with others;

WHEREAS, Penn National and the Insurers reached an agreement in principle in December 2006, which is now recorded in full by this Claim Settlement Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual agreements herein contained, and intending to be now legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

1.             Further Scope and Definitions.

a.            Penn National.  The term “Penn National”  means Penn National Gaming, Inc. and any and all other entities that were, are now, or in the future claim to be insured or have rights under the Policies, including but not limited to any and all additional insureds, mortgagees, loss payees and other parties or entities claiming an interest in Prior Payments or in the additional amount to be paid under Paragraph 3 below upon execution of this Agreement by all Parties.

b.           Insurers.  The term “Insurers” means all Insurers listed in Appendix A, including without limitation (i) Insurers who made the Prior Payments to

2




Penn National; (ii) Insurers undertaking to pay the additional amount under Paragraph 3 below; and (iii) Insurers given notice of the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim and participating in the adjustment and settlement discussions from which this Agreement arose.  The Parties intend that all subscribers to the Policies shall be fully and finally released and indemnified under this Agreement to the extent and on the terms set forth in Paragraph 6.

c.            Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim.  The term “Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim”  means any and all matters, whether known or unknown, whether involving wind or flood or any direct or indirect consequence alleged or shown, whether relating to property, earnings or expense, whether subject to notice or not, however arising or characterized, and wherever located or transpiring that relate in any way, directly or indirectly, to Hurricane Katrina/Catastrophe #49, and encompasses any and all direct or indirect consequence(s) to Penn National and any and all provision(s), section(s), and type(s) of insurance provided by or under the Policies.  The Parties intend by this Agreement to fully and finally resolve all matters arising from or relating in any way to Hurricane Katrina/Catastrophe #49 under the Policies, leaving no matter open or subject to further claim, discussion or adjustment, now or in the future.

d.           Settlement Share(s).  The term “Settlement Share” means the allocated amount to be paid to Penn National upon complete execution of this Agreement by each of the Insurers listed in Appendix B.  Each Settlement Share is several to the listed Insurer and not joint, and each amount is in addition to prior payments by these or other Insurers, and the total payments

3




satisfy and fully discharge all obligations under this Agreement.  Penn National shall not require any Insurer to pay more than the share listed in Appendix B for this Agreement to be effective as to that Insurer.  Each Settlement Share may be paid to Penn National individually or collectively with other Settlement Shares, and all transmissions of funds to Penn National shall be accompanied by a written description of the Insurer(s) and the Settlement Share(s) being paid.

2.             Permanent and Binding Resolution.  This Agreement is a permanent and binding accord and resolution of the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to all matters which are the subject of this Agreement or the Release attached hereto.

3.             Payment.  On or before January 30, 2007, or within five (5) business days of the Insurers’ receipt of the Parties’ final agreement signed by Penn National, whichever is later (the “Payment Date”), the Insurers listed in Appendix B shall pay their respective Settlement Shares totaling One Hundred Million Dollars (US) ($100,000,000) (the “Final Settlement Payments”) by wire transfer to:

 

Bank:

 

Wachovia Bank

 

ABA:

 

031-201-467

 

Beneficiary:

 

Penn National Gaming, Inc.

 

Account:

 

2000-5062-85903

 

Reference:

 

Attention Risk Management — Katrina

 

 

 

Funding

 

 

 

 

 

Mailing Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Wachovia Bank, NA of NJ/PA/NY

 

 

 

Funds Transfer Department

 

 

 

1525 West W.T Harris Blvd.

 

 

 

Charlotte, NC 28288

 

4




The payment of the Settlement Amount under this Section shall be net to Penn National and shall not be reduced by depreciation or chargebacks of any kind, including, without limitation, retrospective premiums, reinstatement premiums, deductibles, retentions or any other potentially-applicable reductions.

4.             Representation and Warranty Re:  Payment and Related Indemnity.   Penn National represents and warrants that:  (i) it is fully entitled to receive the Prior Payments and the Final Settlement Payments; (ii) it has not at any time transferred or assigned to any third party a claim, right or cause of action under, pursuant to, or in connection with the Prior Payments or the Final Settlement Payments; (iii) it is not aware of any circumstance or reason why Penn National would not be entitled to receive in full the entire Prior Payments or Final Settlement Payments or why the Insurers would not be fully and finally released on the terms set forth in Paragraph 6 upon delivery of the Final Settlement Payments in accordance with Penn National’s instructions on the terms set forth in Paragraph 3 above; and (iv) it is not aware of any all-risk property insurance policy covering Penn National in effect on August 29, 2005 other than the Policies.

Penn National agrees to indemnify and defend the Insurers for and against all reasonable costs, damages, liabilities or other expense (including, without limitation, any attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Insurers as a result of any inaccuracy or incorrectness in any respect of any of these representations and warranties.  Penn National further agrees to indemnify and defend the Insurers for and against all reasonable costs, damages, liabilities or other expense (including, without limitation, any attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Insurers as the result of any inaccuracy or error in the foregoing representations or warranties and arising from a claim or assertion by any person, entity or public or private organization that (i) it is entitled to receive the proceeds or any other benefits of the Policies; (ii) Penn National is not

5




fully entitled to receive the Prior Payments and the Final Settlement Payments; or (iii) any Insurer was not fully and finally released upon delivery of that payment in accordance with Penn National’s instructions on the terms set forth in Paragraph 3 above.  Penn National’s undertaking includes, but is not limited to, its agreement to indemnify and defend the Insurer Releasees as defined in Paragraph 6 below in connection with, related to, or arising out of the Insurer Releasees’ Prior Payments or Final Settlement Payments to Penn National.  Notwithstanding any other provision or term of this Agreement, Penn National’s obligation to defend and indemnify any Insurer is limited to an aggregate amount equivalent to the Prior Payments or Final Settlement Payments of the Insurer, no matter how many claims are made against that Insurer.  The costs and expenses of defense for any such claim under this paragraph exhaust and count against the limit set forth above in this paragraph.  It is acknowledged and agreed by each Insurer that under no circumstances will Penn National have any obligations to any Insurer under this paragraph in excess of their Settlement Share, inclusive of all costs of defense for the claim(s).

The Insurers represent and warrant that they are not aware of any claim that could trigger Penn National’s indemnity and/or defense obligations, nor are they aware of any facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to lead to such a claim.

Notwithstanding any other provision or term of this Agreement, Penn National shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend the Insurers in connection with any claim concerning reinsurance or retrocession of the Katrina/Catastrophe 49 Claim.

5.             Proof of Loss.  By entering into and signing this Agreement, Penn National verifies and swears as it would in a separate proof of loss that it has sustained, for its own interest, insured loss or damage from Hurricane Katrina/Cat. #49 that, if there had been final adjustment, would have exceeded the total of:  (i) applicable deductibles; (ii) any applicable

6




underlying insurance limits; and (iii) the amount of the Final Settlement Payments.  Penn National further verifies and swears that the insured loss or damage includes physical loss or damage to property that occurred on August 29, 2005 and ongoing time element loss and expense for which it has made commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its claim.

6.             Penn National’s Release and Covenant.  In consideration of the mutual promises herein, Penn National, on behalf of (i) itself; (ii) its present and former affiliates of any kind; (iii) all present and former agents, officers, directors, and attorneys of Penn National or any of its affiliates; and (iv) any and all successors, assigns, executors and/or heirs of the foregoing persons and entities (the “Penn National Releasors”), hereby irrevocably remise, release, and forever discharge each of (i) the Insurers; (ii) all of their affiliates to the extent of their interest in the Policies; (iii) all of their present and former agents, officers, directors, employees, adjusters, experts, consultants, and attorneys; and (iv) any and all successors, assigns, executors and/or heirs of the aforementioned persons or entities (the “Insurer Releasees”), of and from all debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, costs, expenses, sums of money, accounts, specialties, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, omissions, variances, damages (including punitive or exemplary damages), penalties, executions, and liabilities (including but not limited to taxes, assessments, recoveries or other sums) and any and all other claims of every type or kind (including but not limited to bad faith or claims handling), whether presently known or unknown, that the Penn National Releasors or anyone acting in their name now have or ever had, or may have in the future against the Insurer Releasees arising from or relating to the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim.

The Penn National Releasors further covenant not to sue or initiate arbitration or other dispute resolution process (or to permit such action in their name) against the Insurer

7




Releasees in connection with the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim.  Penn National acknowledges that the filing of any such action would be a material breach of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 6, the Penn National Releasors do not remise, release, or discharge any right to enforce this Agreement.

7.             Insurers’ Release and Covenant.  In consideration of the mutual promises herein, the Insurers, on behalf of (i) themselves; (ii) their present and former affiliates of any kind; (iii) all present and former agents, officers, directors, and attorneys of any of the Insurers or their affiliates; and (iv) any and all successors, assigns, executors and/or heirs of the foregoing persons and entities (the “Insurer Releasors”), hereby irrevocably remise, release, and forever discharge each of (i) Penn National; (ii) all of its affiliates to the extent of their interest in the Policies; (iii) all of its present and former agents, officers, directors, employees, experts, consultants, and attorneys; and (iv) any and all successors, assigns, executors and/or heirs of the aforementioned persons or entities (the “Penn National Releasees”), of and from all debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, costs, expenses, sums of money, accounts, specialties, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, omissions, variances, damages (including punitive or exemplary damages), penalties, executions, and liabilities (including but not limited to subrogation, taxes, assessments, recoveries or other sums) and any and all other claims of every type or kind, whether presently known or unknown, that Insurer Releasors or anyone acting in their name now have or ever had, or may have in the future against the Penn National Releasees arising under, out of, or in connection with the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim.

The Insurer Releasors further covenant not to sue or initiate arbitration or other dispute resolution process (or to permit such action in their name) against the Penn National

8




Releasees in connection with the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim.  The Parties acknowledge that the filing of any such action would be a material breach of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 7, the Insurer Releasors do not remise, release or discharge any right to enforce the Agreement.

8.             Incorporation.  The Parties are informed commercial entities entering into this Agreement with the intent that each of the undertakings is valid and fully enforceable as written.    If any provision of this Agreement shall be construed by a court or arbitration panel of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in effect and be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the Parties.  The Parties further waive any claim or argument that this Agreement was or is void, invalid, or without the effect stated.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing statement, the Parties specifically agree that any citation, words or phrases required to invoke an unqualified, unconditional, and unlimited release and waiver of future or unknown claims as provided in this Agreement is incorporated as if it appeared fully in text.  The Parties stipulate and agree that California Civil Code Section 1542 does not apply to this Agreement.  The Parties waive any right they have to assert any such requirement in any matter involving the scope and effect of the release set forth in Paragraphs 6 and 7 above.

9.             Individual Diligence and Counsel.  Each of the Parties undertook its own diligence in deciding that this settlement is appropriate and consulted with counsel of its choice when entering into this Agreement.

10.           Confidentiality.  The Parties agree to the confidentiality of this Agreement, all of the terms and information contained herein, all of the negotiations leading to it, all of the communications generated pursuant to it, and the implementation hereof (collectively,

9




“Confidential Compromise Material”).  The Confidential Compromise Material shall not be disclosed to any person, corporation, or other entity not a Party to this Agreement except:  (i) disclosures necessary or appropriate under securities laws or other disclosures to regulators or government agencies; (ii) disclosures to lenders, reinsurers, retrocessionaires, auditors or regulators; (iii) other financial disclosures required by law; (iv) disclosures in response to a judicial order compelling disclosure or as may otherwise be required by law or be necessary to defend or assert claims by or against any party hereto in a judicial proceeding; (v) disclosures to subsidiary, affiliate, associated, or parent companies of the Parties and their counsel; (vi) disclosures to any company engaged to make payments to Penn National on behalf of the Insurers; or (vii) disclosures necessary and appropriate to enforce this Agreement; provided, however, that any Party making a disclosure pursuant to subparts (ii) through (vi) above shall make reasonable and good faith efforts to obtain appropriate assurances or circumstances of confidentiality.  The Parties shall cooperate to protect the Confidential Compromise Material.  In the event of a request, motion or application seeking disclosure of the Confidential Compromise Material, the Party with knowledge of such request, motion or application shall notify the other Parties in writing immediately so that the other Parties may oppose such request, motion or application if they choose to do so.  The Confidential Compromise Material shall be deemed to fall within the protection afforded compromises and offers to compromise by Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence and parallel state provisions.

11.           Notices.  Unless another person is designated in writing for receipt of any notice required hereunder, every notice shall be sent electronically to the Parties, with a copy sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the persons identified in Appendix C.

 

10




12.           Commercial Resolution and Construction of Agreement.  This Agreement is a commercial resolution of issues discussed by the Parties with respect to the scope of coverage, the measurement of confirmed loss, and the timing of payments under the Policies.  This resolution does not constitute a precedent of any kind between the Parties in any other matter or with respect to anyone else; nor shall it be construed as a waiver, modification, or retraction of the positions of the Parties with respect to interpretation of the Policies.  This Agreement constitutes a settlement and compromise subject to state and federal rules protecting against discovery and use by anyone other than the Parties.  This Agreement shall be admissible in a suit, action or other proceeding only in order to enforce the terms of the Agreement. The Parties specifically disavow any intention to create rights or interests for anyone not a Party to this Agreement.

It is agreed that in entering into and performing under this Agreement, the Parties are not acting as volunteers, nor are they acting under any form of duress.  Penn National agrees that the sums paid pursuant to this Agreement represent a compromise of Penn National’s rights under and arising from the Policies for first-party losses.

The Parties acknowledge that each has been advised by counsel in reaching this commercial resolution and that all Parties have reviewed and had the opportunity to revise this Agreement.  This Agreement is the product of arms-length negotiations between the Parties with the benefit of the advice of counsel and involves commercial compromises of the Parties’ respective positions.  In any proceeding to enforce the terms, this Agreement shall be interpreted without presumption for any Party and applied to effectuate the intent of the Parties stated herein.

13.           Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be interpreted under and governed by the laws applicable to the respective Policies without regard to general principles of choice of

11




law which might otherwise call for the application of a different state’s law.  Any dispute between Penn National and an Insurer arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be resolved through the dispute resolution procedure provided in the respective Policy(ies) underwritten by that Insurer.

14.           Change or Modification.  No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is contained in writing and signed by the Parties.

15.           Continuing Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and those whose interests depend on them, including but not limited to the Parties’ respective successors, assigns, shareholders or other capital providers, principals, agents, servants, legal representatives, directors, officers, employees and affiliates of any kind.

16.           No Additional Undertakings.  The Parties have not made any undertakings with respect to the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Each of the Parties shall bear its own attorney’s fees and costs arising from or related in any way to the Katrina/Catastrophe #49 Claim, this Agreement, or both.

17.           Integration.  This Agreement, including without limitation the Recitations which are a material part hereof, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements, and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect hereto.

18.           Penn National’s Representations at Execution.  Penn National represents and warrants that: (i) the person executing this Agreement on Penn National’s behalf has full authority to do so and no other consents are required; (ii) Penn National is solvent and fully competent on its own to enter into this binding contract; (iii) Penn National has not relied upon any representation by or on behalf of the Insurers, other than those specifically set forth

12




in the Agreement, in executing, delivering, and performing under this Agreement; (iv) the terms and conditions of this Agreement will not be disclosed except as provided herein;

19.           Insurers’ Representations at Execution.  Each Insurer represents and warrants that: (i) the person executing this Agreement on the Insurer’s behalf has full authority to do so and no other consents are required; (ii) the Insurer is solvent and fully competent on its own to enter into this binding contract and to pay its respective Settlement Share; (iii) the Insurer has not relied upon any representation by or on behalf of Penn National, other than those specifically set forth in the Agreement, in executing, delivering, and performing under this Agreement; and (iv) the terms and conditions of this Agreement will not be disclosed except as provided hereunder.

20.           Other Assurances.  In the event that either Party seeks confirmation that the settlement was effective and/or in good faith, the Parties, shall reasonably cooperate and assist each other in obtaining said good faith settlement determination.  In the event any claim or action is brought against the Insurers by any person with respect to liabilities or obligations released hereunder, Penn National agrees that it will not take any position that is inconsistent with the position of the Insurers that no such claim will now lie against the Insurers.

21.           Waiver of Joinder.  The Parties expressly waive any requirement that the joinder of all the Parties is necessary to enforce this Agreement against any particular Party or Parties.

22.           Execution.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and the signature pages may be exchanged electronically or by telecopy.  The text of the Agreement, together with accurate copies of the relevant Parties’ signatures, shall have the force and effect of an original as between those Parties.

13




23.           Effective Date.  The effective date of this Agreement is December 31, 2006.

14




 

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Ippolito

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP/ Sec/Treas

 

 

 

 

Date:

1/16/07

 

STATE OF Pennsylvania

Berks

 

COUNTY

 

Before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, personally appeared Robert S. Ippolito, with whom I am personally acquainted (or provided to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) and who, upon oath, acknowledged himself or herself to be the VP - Secretary - Treasurer         of Penn National Gaming, Inc. as defined herein and that he or she, as such officer, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained and with full authority to do so by signing the name of the corporation as officer.

WITNESS my hand and notary seal, at office this 16 day of January         , 2007.

 

/s/ Susan M. Montgomery

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

My Commission Expires: June 7, 2007

 

 

[Notarial Seal]

 

 

15



Exhibit 10.26

Compensatory Arrangements with Certain Executive Officers

Set forth below are the 2007 salaries of the named executive officers and the discretionary cash bonuses paid to the named executive officers for performance in 2006: 

Name and Title

 

Salary for Fiscal
2007

 

Cash Bonus for
Fiscal 2006(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter M. Carlino Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

$

1,500,000

 

$

1,400,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leonard M. DeAngelo Executive Vice President of Operations

 

$

750,000

 

$

625,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William J. Clifford Senior Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

$

700,000

 

$

585,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jordan B. Savitch Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

$

405,000

 

$

260,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Ippolito Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

$

270,000

 

$

182,000

 


(1)             The bonuses granted were based on the Company’s overall performance, including its earnings, in 2006 and well as the executives’ individual performance in 2006.



Exhibit 10.27

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended

 

 

 

 

 





Deferred Compensation Plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1 Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

 

8

 

2.1

 

Selection by Committee

 

8

 

2.2

 

Enrollment Requirements

 

8

 

2.3

 

Eligibility; Commencement of Participation

 

8

 

2.4

 

Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 Deferral Commitments/Company Contribution/Crediting/Taxes

 

8

 

3.1

 

Minimum Deferrals

 

8

 

3.2

 

Maximum Deferral

 

9

 

3.3

 

Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form

 

9

 

3.4

 

Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts

 

9

 

3.5

 

Annual Company Contribution Amount

 

9

 

3.6

 

Rollover Amount

 

10

 

3.7

 

Investment of Trust Assets

 

10

 

3.8

 

Vesting

 

10

 

3.9

 

Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances

 

12

 

3.10

 

FICA and Other Taxes

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies; Withdrawal Election

 

14

 

4.1

 

Short-Term Payout

 

14

 

4.2

 

Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term

 

14

 

4.3

 

Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

 

14

 

4.4

 

Withdrawal Election

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 Retirement Benefit

 

15

 

5.1

 

Retirement Benefit

 

15

 

5.2

 

Payment of Retirement Benefit

 

15

 

5.3

 

Death Prior to Completion of Retirement Benefit

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit

 

16

 

i




 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit

 

16

 

6.2

 

Payment of Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 Termination Benefit

 

16

 

7.1

 

Termination Benefit

 

16

 

7.2

 

Payment of Termination Benefit

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 Disability Waiver and Benefit

 

17

 

8.1

 

Disability Waiver

 

17

 

8.2

 

Disability; Continued Eligibility

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 Beneficiary Designation

 

17

 

9.1

 

Beneficiary

 

17

 

9.2

 

Beneficiary Designation; Change

 

18

 

9.3

 

Acknowledgment

 

18

 

9.4

 

No Beneficiary Designation

 

18

 

9.5

 

Doubt as to Beneficiary

 

18

 

9.6

 

Discharge of Obligations

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 Leave of Absence

 

18

 

10.1

 

Paid Leave of Absence

 

18

 

10.2

 

Unpaid Leave of Absence

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11 Termination, Amendment or Modification

 

19

 

11.1

 

Termination

 

19

 

11.2

 

Amendment

 

19

 

11.3

 

Plan Agreement

 

19

 

11.4

 

Effect of Payment

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12 Administration

 

20

 

12.1

 

Committee Duties

 

20

 

12.2

 

Administration Upon Change In Control

 

20

 

12.3

 

Agents

 

21

 

12.4

 

Binding Effect of Decisions

 

21

 

12.5

 

Indemnity of Committee

 

21

 

12.6

 

Employer Information

 

21

 

ii




 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13 Other Benefits and Agreements

 

21

 

13.1

 

Coordination with Other Benefits

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14 Claims Procedures

 

21

 

14.1

 

Presentation of Claim

 

21

 

14.2

 

Notification of Decision

 

22

 

14.3

 

Review of a Denied Claim

 

22

 

14.4

 

Decision on Review

 

22

 

14.5

 

Legal Action

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15 Trust

 

23

 

15.1

 

Establishment of the Trust

 

23

 

15.2

 

Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust

 

23

 

15.3

 

Distributions From the Trust

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 16 Miscellaneous

 

23

 

16.1

 

Status of Plan

 

23

 

16.2

 

Unsecured General Creditor

 

23

 

16.3

 

Employer’s Liability

 

24

 

16.4

 

Nonassignability

 

24

 

16.5

 

Not a Contract of Employment

 

24

 

16.6

 

Furnishing Information

 

24

 

16.7

 

Terms

 

24

 

16.8

 

Captions

 

24

 

16.9

 

Governing Law

 

25

 

16.10

 

Notice

 

25

 

16.11

 

Successors

 

25

 

16.12

 

Spouse’s Interest

 

25

 

16.13

 

Validity

 

25

 

16.14

 

Incompetent

 

25

 

16.15

 

Distribution in the Event of Taxation.

 

26

 

16.16

 

Insurance

 

26

 

16.17

 

Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control

 

26

 

iii




Deferred Compensation Plan

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended

Purpose

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified deferred compensation benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and its subsidiaries and affiliates, if any, that participate in this Plan. This Plan is unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

ARTICLE 1
Definitions

For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms have the following indicated meanings:

1.1                                 “Account” means the account established for each Participant in the Plan.

1.2                                 “Account Balance” means, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (a) the Deferral Account balance, (b) the Company Contribution Account balance and (c) the Rollover Account balance.  The Account Balance will be a bookkeeping entry only and will be used solely to measure and determine the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

1.3                                 “Annual Bonus” means any compensation, in addition to Base Annual Salary, relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in that calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for that calendar year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under any Employer’s annual bonus and cash incentive plans, excluding Stock options, restricted Stock or any other Stock awards.

1.4                                 “Annual Company Contribution Amount” means, for any one Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.5.

1.5                                 “Annual Deferral Amount” means that portion of a Participant’s Base Annual Salary and Annual Bonus that a Participant elects to defer, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year.  In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, Disability (if deferrals cease in accordance with Section 8.1), death, or a Termination of Employment before the end of a Plan Year, that year’s Annual Deferral Amount will be the actual amount withheld prior to that event.

1.6                                 “Annual Installment Method” means annual installment payments over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with this Plan, calculated as follows:  The Account Balance of the Participant will be calculated as of the close of business on the

1




last business day of the year.  The annual installment will be calculated by multiplying this balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant.  By way of example, if the Participant elects a 10-year Annual Installment Method, the first payment will be 1/10 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  The following year, the payment will be 1/9 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  Each annual installment shall be paid on or as soon as practicable after the last business day of the applicable year.

1.7                                 “Base Annual Salary” means the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in that calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for that calendar year, excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, Stock options or other Stock awards, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, directors fees and other fees, automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income).  Base Annual Salary will be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to any qualified or non-qualified plans of any Employer and will be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3) or, 402(h), pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that, had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

1.8                                 “Beneficiary” means, with respect to a Participant, one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 9, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the Participant’s death.

1.9                                 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs, and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.10                           “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.11                           “Change in Control” means any of the following events:

(a)                                  The acquisition by any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”) (“any Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time) of 25% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that the following acquisitions will not constitute an

2




acquisition of control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege); (B) any acquisition by the Company; (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Related Employer; (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger, or consolidated, if, following that reorganization, merger, or consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (1), (2), and (3) of paragraph (C) of this subsection (1.11) are satisfied.

(b)                                 Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of the Directors; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, with approval by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, will be considered as though the individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

(c)                                  Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case, unless following that reorganization, merger, or consolidation, (1) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from that reorganization, merger, or consolidation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of that corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were then beneficiary owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities immediately prior to that reorganization, merger, or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to that reorganization, merger, consolidation of the outstanding Company stock and outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be; (2) no Person (excluding the Company, any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company, or the corporation resulting from the reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding Company’s common stock or Company voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, twenty-five percent (25%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from that reorganization, merger, or consolidation, or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of that

3




corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from the reorganization, merger, or consolidation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

(d)                                 Approval by the shareholders of the Company of (1) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (2) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to a corporation with respect to which following such sale or other disposition (A) more than 60% of, respectively, then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entitles who were the beneficial owners, respectively of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities immediately prior to the sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to the sale or other disposition, of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be; (B) no person (excluding the Company and any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company or the corporation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the outstanding Company common stock or outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of the assets of the Company.

1.12                           “Claimant” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

1.13                           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.14                           “Committee” means the committee described in Article 12.

1.15                           “Company” means Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

1.16                           “Company Contribution Account” means (a) the sum of the Participant’s Annual Company Contribution Amounts, plus (b) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company

4




Contribution Account, less (c) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company Contribution Account.

1.17                           “Compensation” means all cash remuneration paid to the Employee by the Company which is required to be reported as compensation on the Employee’s Form W-2 and shall also include compensation which is not currently includible in gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3) and 402(h)(1)(B); provided, however, that Compensation shall not include any income recognized as a result of an Employee exercising a nonqualified Stock option.

1.18                           “Deduction Limitation” means the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this limitation will be applied to all distributions that are “subject to the Deduction Limitation” under this Plan.  If an Employer determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant for a taxable year of the Employer would not be deductible by the Employer solely by reason of the limitation under Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Employer to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior to the Change in Control is deductible, the Employer may defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan.  Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation will continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.9 even if the amount is being paid out in installments.  The amounts so deferred and amounts credited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Employer in good faith, on which the deducibility of compensation paid or payable to the Participant for the taxable year of the Employer during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Deduction Limitation will not apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.

1.19                           “Deferral Account” means (a) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (b) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account, less (c) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her Deferral Account.

1.20                           “Disability” means a disability within the meaning of the long-term disability insurance program maintained by the Participant’s Employer. Determinations relating to the existence of a Disability shall be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

1.21                           “Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 8.

5




1.22                           “Effective Date” means March 1, 2001.

1.23                           “Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs, and returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.

1.24                           “Employee” means a person who is an employee of any Employer.

1.25                           “Employer(s)” means the Company and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (now in existence or subsequently formed or acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and that have adopted the Plan as a participating Employer.  A list of the Employers is set forth in Appendix A hereto.

1.26                           “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

1.27                           “Measurement Fund” means those certain mutual funds selected by the Committee for the purpose of determining the value of a Participant’s Account Balance.

1.28                           “Participant” means any Employee (a) who is selected to participate in the Plan; (b) who elects to participate in the Plan; (c) who signs a Plan Agreement, an Election Form, and a Beneficiary Designation Form; (d) whose signed Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Committee; (e) who commences participation in the Plan; and (f) whose Plan Agreement has not terminated.

1.29                           “Plan” means the Penn National Gaming, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as evidenced by this instrument and by each Plan Agreement, as they may be amended from time to time.

1.30                           “Plan Agreement” means a written agreement, as amended from time to time, that is entered into by and between an Employer and a Participant.  Each Plan Agreement executed by a Participant and the Participant’s Employer will provide for the entire benefit to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan.  If there is more than one Plan Agreement, the Plan Agreement bearing the latest date of acceptance by the Employer will supersede all previous Plan Agreements in their entirety and will govern the Participant’s entitlement to benefits under the Plan.  The terms of any Plan Agreement may be different for any Participant, and any Plan Agreement may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, however, that any such additional benefits or benefit limitations must be agreed to by both the Employer and the Participant.

1.31                           “Plan Year” means, except as provided in Section 1.45, the calendar year.

1.32                           “Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit” means the benefit set described in Article 6.

6




1.33                           “Retirement”, “Retire(s)” or “Retired” means, with respect to an Employee, termination of employment from all Employers for any reason other than a leave of absence, death, or Disability on or after the attainment of age sixty-five (65).

1.34                           “Retirement Benefit” means the benefit in Article 5.

1.35                           “Rollover Account” means (a) the sum of a Participant’s Rollover Amount, plus (b) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Rollover Account, less (c) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Rollover Account.

1.36                           “Rollover Amount” means the amount described in Section 3.6.

1.37                           “Short-Term Payout” means a payout described in Section 4.1.

1.38                           “Stock” means Company common stock or any other equity securities of the Company designated by the Committee.

1.39                           “Termination Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 7.

1.40                           “Termination of Employment” means a termination of employment with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, death, or an authorized leave of absence.

1.41                           “Trust” means one or more trusts established pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

1.42                           “Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement between the Trustee and the Company, as amended from time to time.

1.43                           “Trustee” means the trustee of the Trust and any successor trustee.

1.44                           “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” means an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond a Participant’s control that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (a) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent of the Participant, (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (c) such other extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

1.45                           “Year of Service” means a Year of Service as determined pursuant to the terms of the Penn National Gaming, Inc. 401(k) Plan; provided, however, that the term “Plan Year” as utilized therein shall mean the 12-month period commencing on November 1 and ending on October 31.

7




ARTICLE 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

2.1                                 Selection by Committee.  Participation in the Plan will be limited to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees of the Employers, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

2.2                                 Enrollment Requirements.  As a condition of participation, each selected Employee will complete, execute, and return to the Committee a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within 30 days after he or she is selected to participate in the Plan.  In addition, the Committee will establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary.

2.3                                 Eligibility; Commencement of Participation.  Provided that an Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period, that Employee will commence participation in the Plan on the first day of the month following the month in which the Employee completes all enrollment requirements.  If an Employee fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that Employee will not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and acceptance by the Committee of the required documents.

2.4                                 Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals.  If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in that group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Committee will have the right, in its sole discretion, to (a) terminate any deferral election the Participant has made for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s membership status changes, (b) prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections, and (c) distribute the Participant’s vested Account Balance to the Participant.

ARTICLE 3
Deferral Commitments/Company Contribution/Crediting/Taxes

3.1                                 Minimum Deferrals.

(a)                                  Base Annual Salary and Annual Bonus.  For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, a percentage of Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus; provided, however, that a Participant must elect to defer a sum of Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus of at least $3,000.

If an election is made for less than stated minimum amounts, or if no election is made, the amount deferred will be zero.

8




(b)                                 Short Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, or in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan itself, the minimum deferral shall be an amount equal to the minimum set forth above, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete months remaining in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

3.2                                 Maximum Deferral.

For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount up to 90% of his Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the maximum Annual Deferral Amount will be limited to the amount of Compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of the date the Participant submits a Plan Agreement and Election Form to the Committee for acceptance.

3.3                                 Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form.

(a)                                  First Plan Year.  In connection with a Participant’s commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant will make an irrevocable deferral election for the Plan Year in which the Participant commences participation in the Plan, along with such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan.  For these elections to be valid, the Election Form must be completed and signed by the Participant, timely delivered to the Committee (in accordance with Section 2.2 above), and accepted by the Committee.

(b)                                 Subsequent Plan Years.  For each succeeding Plan Year, a Participant may make an irrevocable deferral election for that Plan Year, and such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan, by timely delivering to the Committee, in accordance with its rules and procedures, before the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which the election is made, a new Election Form.  If the Participant does not timely deliver an Election Form for a Plan Year, the Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount will be zero for that Plan Year.

3.4                                 Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts.  For each Plan Year, the Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount will be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Annual Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary.  The Annual Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount will be withheld at the time the Annual Bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself.

3.5                                 Annual Company Contribution Amount.  During the period commencing on March 1, 2001 and ending on June 30, 2001, the Company shall credit to the Account of each Participant an amount equal to 50% of the Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount up to a maximum amount equal to 6% of the Annual Deferral Amount up to a maximum annual credit of 3%.  During the period

9




commencing on July 1, 2001 and ending on December 31, 2001 and for each Plan Year thereafter, the Company shall credit to the Account of each Participant an amount equal to 50% of the Participant’s first 10% Annual Deferral Amount up to a maximum annual credit of 5%.  For each Plan Year, the Company, in its sole discretion, may, but is not required to, credit any amount it desires to any Participant’s Company Contribution Account under this Plan.  The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive an Annual Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year.  All discretionary contributions to a Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be subject to the approval of the Board.

3.6                                 Rollover Amount.  Upon the effective date of his participation in the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his account balance or accrued benefit in any other nonqualified deferred compensation or nonqualified retirement plan maintained by an Employer transferred to this Plan and credited to his Account hereunder.

3.7                                 Investment of Trust Assets.  The Trustee of the Trust will be authorized, upon written instructions received from the Committee or an investment manager appointed by the Committee, to invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement, including the disposition of Stock and reinvestment of the proceeds in one or more investment vehicles designated by the Committee.

3.8                                 Vesting.

(a)                                  A Participant will be 100% vested at all times in his or her Deferral Account.

(b)                                 Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant will become vested in his or her Company Contribution Account in accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Service on Date of
Termination of Employment

 

Vested Percentage of Company
Contribution Account

Less than 1 year

 

0%

1 year

 

20%

2 years

 

40%

3 years

 

60%

4 years

 

80%

5 years

 

100%

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.8, in the event of a Participant’s death or Retirement, or in the event of a Change in Control, a Participant’s Company Contribution Account will immediately become 100% vested (if it is not already 100% vested in accordance with the above vesting schedule).

10




(d)                                 Notwithstanding subsection (c), the vesting schedule for a Participant’s Company Contribution Account will not be accelerated to the extent that the Committee determines that acceleration would cause the deduction limitations of Code Section 280G to become effective.  In the event that all of a Participant’s Company Contribution Account is not vested pursuant to such a determination, the Participant may request independent verification of the Committee’s calculations with respect to the application of Code Section 280G.  In that case, the Committee must provide to the Participant within 30 business days of receipt such a request an opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Participant (the “Accounting Firm”).  The opinion will state the Accounting Firm’s opinion that any limitation in the vested percentage under this Plan is necessary to avoid the limits of Code Section 280G and contain supporting calculations.  The Company will pay the cost of obtaining the opinion.  If the vesting schedule for a Participant’s Company Contribution Account is not accelerated due to the application of this Section 3.8(d) and the Participant’s employment with the Employer is involuntarily terminated subsequent to the Change in Control that would have resulted in the acceleration of the vesting schedule but for the application of this Section 3.8(d), the Participant’s Company Contribution Account will immediately become 100% vested (if it is not already 100% vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.8(b)).

(e)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Participant will be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan that are credited to his or her Company Contribution Account if he or she violates the terms and conditions of any agreement or Company policy relating to matters of confidentiality or trade secrets of the Company, competition with the Company, solicitation of employees or customers of the Company, or engages in embezzlement, theft, fraud or any felony or any other act that is materially injurious to the Company.  The determination as to whether a Participant has engaged in any such impermissible activity shall be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(f)                                    In the event that any portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited by reason of it not being fully vested or as a result of a divestiture pursuant to Section 3.8(e), any such forfeiture shall remain the property of the Company.  The Committee may, however, in its sole discretion, elect to allocate all or a portion of any such forfeiture to the Accounts of any other Participants in the Plan in such manner and at such time as the Committee may determine.

(g)                                 In the event of a Participant’s Disability or involuntary termination of employment (except as is described in Section 3.8(d)), the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting schedule for a Participant’s Company Contribution Account.

11




3.9                                 Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances.  In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with the following rules:

(a)                                  Election of Measurement Funds.  A Participant, in connection with his or her initial deferral election under Section 3.3(a) above, will elect, on the Election Form, the Measurement Fund to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited to his or her Account for the first day in which the Participant commences participation in the Plan, and continuing thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, unless changed in accordance with the next sentence.  Commencing with the first business day that follows the Participant’s commencement of participation in the Plan and continuing thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, the Participant may (but is not required to) elect, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee that is accepted by the Committee, to add or delete one or more Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited to his or her Account or to change the portion of his or her Account allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund.  If an election is made in accordance with the previous sentence, it will apply to the next business day and continue thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence.

(b)                                 Proportionate Allocation.  In making any election described in Section 3.8(a) above, the Participant must specify on the Election Form, in increments of five percentage points (5%), the percentage of his or her Account to be allocated to a Measurement Fund (as if the Participant was making an investment in that Measurement Fund with that portion of his or her Account).

(c)                                  Crediting or Debiting Method.  The performance of each elected Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) will be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, based on the performance of the Measurement Funds themselves.  A Participant’s Account will be credited or debited on a daily basis based on the performance of each Measurement Fund selected by the Participant, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as though (1) a Participant’s Account was invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant, in the percentages applicable to that day, at the closing price on that date; (2) the portion of the Annual Deferral Amount that was actually deferred during any business day was invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant, in the percentages applicable to that day, no later than the close of business on the first business day after the day on which the amounts are actually deferred from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary through reductions in his or her payroll, at the closing price on that date; and (3) any distribution made to a

12




Participant that decreases the Participant’s Account ceased being invested in the Measurement Fund(s), in the percentages applicable to the day, no earlier than one business day prior to the distribution, at the closing price on that date.  The Participant’s Rollover Amount will be credited to his or her Account for purposes of this Section 3.9(c) as of the close of business on the Effective Date or, if later, the first day of the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  The Participant’s Annual Company Contribution Amount will be credited to his or her Company Contribution Account for purposes of this Section 3.9(c) as of the close of business on the date selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d)                                 No Actual Investment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any Measurement Fund, the allocation to his or her Account Balance to any Measurement Fund, the calculation of additional amounts, and the crediting or debiting of those amounts to a Participant’s Account will not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any Measurement Fund.  In the event that the Company or the Trustee, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the Measurement Funds, no Participant will have any rights in or to the investments themselves.  Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance will at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and will not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant will at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

3.10                           FICA and Other Taxes.

(a)                                  Annual Deferral Amounts.  For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) will withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and Annual Bonus that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employers, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on the Annual Deferral Amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.10(a).

(b)                                 Company Contribution Account.  When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his or her Company Contribution Account, the Participant’s Employer will withhold from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the vested portion of the Participant’s Company Contribution Account to comply with this Section 3.10(b).

13




(c)                                  Distributions.  The Participant’s Employer, or the Trustee of the Trust, will withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state, and local income, employment, and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer or the Trustee, in connection with those payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer and the Trustee.

ARTICLE 4
Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies;
Withdrawal Election

4.1                                 Short-Term Payout.  In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a future “Short-Term Payout” from the Plan with respect to the Annual Deferral Amount.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Short-Term Payout will be a lump sum payment in an amount that is equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus amounts credited or debited in the manner provided in Section 3.9 above on that amount, determined at the time that the Short-Term Payout becomes payable (rather than the date of a Termination of Employment).  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected will be paid out during a thirty (30)-day period commencing immediately after the last day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant.

4.2                                 Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term.  If an event occurs that triggers a benefit under Article 5, 6, 7 or 8, any Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited on them, that is subject to a Short-Term Payout election under Section 4.1 will not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but will be paid in accordance with the other applicable Article.

4.3                                 Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies.  If a Participant (or, after a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant (or Beneficiary) may petition the Committee to (a) suspend any deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or (b) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan.  The payout will not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if the Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If, subject to the sole discretion of the Committee, the petition for a suspension and/or payout is approved, suspension will take effect upon the date of approval, and any payout will be made within 30 days of the date of approval.  The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3 will not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

4.4                                 Withdrawal Election.  A Participant (or, after a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) may elect, at any time, to withdraw all of his or her Account Balance, calculated as if a Termination of Employment had occurred as of the day of the election,

14




less a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of that amount (the net amount is referred to as the “Withdrawal Amount”).  This election can be made at any time, before or after Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment, and whether or not the Participant (or Beneficiary) is in the process of being paid pursuant to an installment payment schedule.  If withdrawal is made before Retirement, Disability or death, a Participant’s Withdrawal Amount will be his or her Account Balance calculated as if a Termination of Employment had occurred as of the day of the election.  No partial withdrawals of the Withdrawal Amount will be allowed.  To make a withdrawal election, the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) must give the Committee advance written notice of the election in a form determined from time to time by the Committee.  The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) will be paid the Withdrawal Amount within 30 days of his or her election.  Once the Withdrawal Amount is paid, the Participant’s participation in the Plan will terminate, and the Participant will not be eligible to participate in the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the Withdrawal Amount is paid and the next Plan Year.  The payment of this Withdrawal Amount will not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

ARTICLE 5
Retirement Benefit

5.1                                 Retirement Benefit.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation, a Participant who Retires will receive, as a Retirement Benefit, his or her Account Balance.

5.2                                 Payment of Retirement Benefit.  A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, will elect on an Election Form to receive the Retirement Benefit in a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of 5 or 10 years.  On the Election Form, the Participant may also elect to defer commencement of the Retirement Benefit to a later date, not later than five (5) years after the date on which the Participant retires.  The Participant may annually change his or her election to an allowable alternative payout period and/or payment commencement date by submitting a new Election Form to the Committee, provided that any such Election Form must be submitted at least six (6) months prior to the Participant’s Retirement and be accepted by the Committee.  The Election Form most recently accepted by the Committee will govern the payout of the Retirement Benefit, provided that it has been on file with the Committee for at least six (6) months.  If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Retirement Benefit, then that benefit will be payable in a lump sum.  Unless the Participant has effectively elected a deferred payment commencement date, a lump sum payment will be made, or installment payments will commence, no later than 30 days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant Retires.  Any payment made will be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

5.3                                 Death Prior to Completion of Retirement Benefit.  If a Participant dies after Retirement but before the Retirement Benefit is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Retirement Benefit payments will continue and will be paid to the Participant’s

15




Beneficiary over the remaining number of years and in the same amounts as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived.  Beneficiaries may receive distributions in a lump sum or over a shorter period of time if so determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 6
Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit

6.1                                 Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive a Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit equal to the Participant’s Account Balance if the Participant dies before he or she Retires, experiences a Termination of Employment, or suffers a Disability.

6.2                                 Payment of Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit.  A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, will elect on an Election Form whether his or her Beneficiary will receive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit in a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of 5 or 10 years.  The Participant may annually change this election to an allowable alternative payout period by submitting a new Election Form to the Committee, which form must be accepted by the Committee.  The Election Form most recently accepted by the Committee at least six (6) months prior to the Participant’s death will govern the payout of the Participant’s Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit.  If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit, then the benefit will be paid in a lump sum. Despite the foregoing, if the Participant’s Account Balance at the time of his or her death is less than $35,000, payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit will be made in a lump sum payment.  The lump sum payment will be made no later than 30 days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Committee is provided with proof, satisfactory to the Committee, of the Participant’s death.  Any payment made will be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

ARTICLE 7
Termination Benefit

7.1                                 Termination Benefit.  Except as provided in Section 3.8(e) and subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant will receive a Termination Benefit, which will be equal to the Participant’s vested Account Balance, if a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment prior to his or her Retirement, death, or Disability.

7.2                                 Payment of Termination Benefit.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause the Termination Benefit to be paid in a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of 5or 10 years.  The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant experiences the Termination of Employment. Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

16




ARTICLE 8
Disability Waiver and Benefit

8.1                                 Disability Waiver

(a)                                  Waiver of Deferral.  A Participant who is determined by the Committee to be suffering from a Disability will be excused from fulfilling that portion of the Annual Deferral Amount commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from a Participant’s Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus for the Plan Year during which the Participant first suffers a Disability.  During the period of Disability, the Participant will not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections but will continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of this Plan, including, but not limited to, the vesting provisions set forth in Section 3.8.

(b)                                 Return to Work.  If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer after a Disability ceases, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan, provided that the deferral elections are otherwise allowed under the Plan and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.3 above.

8.2                                 Disability; Continued Eligibility.  For benefit purposes under this Plan, a Participant suffering a Disability will continue to be considered to be employed and will be eligible for the benefits provided for in Articles 4, 5, 6 or 7, in accordance with the provisions of those Articles.  If the Participant’s employment with the Employer is actually terminated, the Participant will be deemed to have Retired as of the date the Participant’s termination of employment.  In that case, the Participant will receive a Retirement Benefit in accordance with Article 5; provided, however, that if the Participant is not otherwise 100% vested in his Company Contribution Account on such date, the extent to which the vesting of his Company Contribution Account will be accelerated (if any) shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

ARTICLE 9
Beneficiary Designation

9.1                                 Beneficiary.  Each Participant will have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant’s death.  The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

17




9.2                                 Beneficiary Designation; Change.  A Participant will designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent.  A Participant will have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the Committee’s acceptance of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed will be canceled.  The Committee will be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.

9.3                                 Acknowledgment.  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary will be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.

9.4                                 No Beneficiary Designation.  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s surviving spouse will be deemed to be his or her designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary will be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

9.5                                 Doubt as to Beneficiary.  If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee will have the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to cause the Participant’s Employer to withhold the payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.

9.6                                 Discharge of Obligations.  The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary will fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant and his or her Beneficiary, and that Participant’s Plan Agreement will terminate upon such full payment of benefits.

ARTICLE 10
Leave of Absence

10.1                           Paid Leave of Absence.  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant will continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral Amount will continue to be withheld during the paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.3.

10.2                           Unpaid Leave of Absence.  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant will continue to be considered employed by the Employer, and the

18




Participant will be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of absence expires or the date the Participant returns to a paid employment status.  Upon that expiration or return, deferrals will resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or return occurs, based on the deferral election, if any, made for that Plan Year.  If no election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral will be withheld.

ARTICLE 11
Termination, Amendment or Modification

11.1                           Termination.  Although each Employer anticipates that it will continue to participate in the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan, or that any Employer will continue to participate in the Plan, or that the Company will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future.  Accordingly, each Employer reserves the right to discontinue its participation in the Plan at any time, and the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of the Board.  A Participating Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of its Participating Employees by action of its board of directors.  Upon the termination of the Plan with respect to any Employer, the Plan Agreements of the affected Participants who are employed by that Employer will terminate, and their Account Balances, determined as if they had experienced a Termination of Employment on the date of Plan termination, will be paid to the Participants in a lump sum.  The termination of the Plan will not adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination; provided however, that in the event of a Change in Control, the Employer will accelerate installment payments without a premium or prepayment penalty by paying the Account Balance in a lump sum.

11.2                           Amendment.  The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by the action of its Board; provided, however, that: (a) no amendment or modification will be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Termination of Employment as of the effective date of the amendment or modification or, if the amendment or modification occurs after the date upon which the Participant was eligible to Retire, the Participant had Retired as of the effective date of the amendment or modification, and (b) no amendment or modification of this Section 11.2 or Section 12.2 of the Plan will be effective.  The amendment or modification of the Plan will not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification; provided, however, that, in the event of a Change in Control, the Employer will accelerate installment payments by paying the Account Balance in a lump sum.

11.3                           Plan Agreement.  Despite the provisions of Sections 11.1 and 11.2 above, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan

19




document, the Employer may only amend or terminate those provisions with the consent of the Participant.

11.4                           Effect of Payment.  The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of the Plan will completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan, and the Participant’s Plan Agreement will terminate.

ARTICLE 12
Administration

12.1                           Committee Duties.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article  12, this Plan will be administered by the Committee.  The Committee will have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan that arise in connection with the Plan.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee will be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or an Employer.

12.2                           Administration Upon Change In Control.  For purposes of this Plan, the Committee will be the “Administrator” at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control.  Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the “Administrator” will be an independent third party selected by the Trustee and approved by the individual who, immediately prior to that event, was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or, if not so identified, the Company’s highest ranking officer (the “Ex-CEO”).  The Administrator will have the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but not limited to, benefit entitlement determinations; provided, however, that upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Administrator will have no power to direct the investment of Plan or Trust assets or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the Plan or Trust.  Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company must: (a) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator; (b) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator under this Plan, except with respect to matters resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents; and (c) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants, and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) by the Trustee only with the approval of the Ex-CEO.  Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may not be terminated by the Company.

20




12.3                           Agents.  In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

12.4                           Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Plan will be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

12.5                           Indemnity of Committee.  All Employers will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, and the Administrator, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members, any such Employee, or the Administrator.

12.6                           Employer Information.  To enable the Committee and the Administrator to perform their functions, the Company and each Employer will supply full and timely information to the Committee or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death, or circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 13
Other Benefits and Agreements

13.1                           Coordination with Other Benefits.  The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to that Participant or Beneficiary under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer.  The Plan will supplement and will not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 14
Claims Procedures

14.1                           Presentation of Claim.  Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such a Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to that Claimant from the Plan.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after the notice was received by the Claimant.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the

21




event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

14.2                           Notification of Decision.  The Committee will consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, and will notify the Claimant in writing:

(a)                                  that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

(b)                                 that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and the notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(1)                                  the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;
(2)                                  specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which the denial was based;
(3)                                  a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why that material or information is necessary; and
(4)                                  an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 14.3 below.

14.3                           Review of a Denied Claim.  Within 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure began, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

(a)                                  may review pertinent documents;

(b)                                 may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

(c)                                  may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

14.4                           Decision on Review.  The Committee will render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within 120 days after that date.  The decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

(a)                                  specific reasons for the decision;

22




(b)                                 specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and

(c)                                  such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.

14.5                           Legal Action.  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 14 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.

ARTICLE 15
Trust

15.1                           Establishment of the Trust.  The Company may choose to establish a Trust, and, if the Trust is established, each Employer will, at least annually, transfer to the Trust such assets as the Employer determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary or desirable to provide, on a present value basis, for its respective future liabilities created with respect to the Annual Deferral Amounts, Annual Company Contribution Amounts, and Rollover Amounts for the Employer’s Employees who are Participants.

15.2                           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust.  The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement will govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan.  The provisions of the Trust will govern the rights of the Employers, Participants, and the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust.  Each Employer will at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

15.3                           Distributions From the Trust.  Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution will reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

ARTICLE 16
Miscellaneous

16.1                           Status of Plan.  The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employee” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).  The Plan will be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

16.2                           Unsecured General Creditor.  Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns will have no legal or equitable rights, interests, or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets will be, and remain, the general, unpledged, and unrestricted

23




assets of the Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under the Plan will be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

16.3                           Employer’s Liability.  An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits will be defined only by the Plan and the Plan Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant.  An Employer will have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.

16.4                           Nonassignability.  Neither a Participant nor any other person will have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, or any part of those amounts, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable will, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment, or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person; be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency; or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

16.5                           Not a Contract of Employment.  The terms and conditions of this Plan will not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Plan will be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer as an Employee or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

16.6                           Furnishing Information.  A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits under the Plan, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

16.7                           Terms.  Whenever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine, they will be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used in the Plan in the singular or in the plural, they will be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

16.8                           Captions.  The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

24




16.9                           Governing Law.  Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan will be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

16.10                     Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan will be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Penn National Gaming, Inc.
825 Berkshire Boulevard
Wyomissing, PA 19610

The notice will be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan will be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the Participant’s last known address.

16.11                     Successors.  The provisions of this Plan will bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.

16.12                     Spouse’s Interest.  Any interest in the Plan benefits of a Participant’s spouse who has predeceased the Participant will automatically pass to the Participant and will not be transferable by the spouse in any manner, including, but not limited to, the spouse’s will, nor will the interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

16.13                     Validity.  In case any provision of this Plan is declared illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted in the Plan.

16.14                     Incompetent.  If the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent, or a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of that benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care and custody of the minor, incompetent, or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit will be a payment for the account of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and will be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for that payment amount.

25




16.15                     Distribution in the Event of Taxation.

(a)                                  In General.  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the Trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant will not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, will be granted), a Participant’s Employer will distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount will not exceed a Participant’s unpaid Account Balance under the Plan).  If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution will be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted.  Such a distribution will affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.

(b)                                 Trust.  If the Trust terminates in accordance with its terms and benefits are distributed from the Trust to a Participant in accordance with those terms, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan will be reduced to the extent of those distributions.

16.16                     Insurance.  The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the Trustee and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of a Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Employers may choose.  The Employers or the Trustee, as the case may be, will be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance.  The Participant will not have any interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Employers will submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to which the Employers have applied for insurance.

16.17                     Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control.  The Company and each Employer is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or the board of directors of a Participant’s Employer (which might then be composed of new members) or a shareholder of the Company or the Participant’s Employer, or of any successor corporation might then cause or attempt to cause the Company, the Participant’s Employer, or the successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company or the Participant’s Employer to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan.  In these circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated.  Accordingly, if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company, the Participant’s Employer, or any successor corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder or, if the Company, an Employer, or any other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish, or to recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided, then the

26




Company and the Participant’s Employer irrevocably authorize the Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company and the Participant’s Employer (who will be jointly and severally liable) to represent the Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company, the Participant’s Employer, or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company, the Participant’s Employer, or any successor to either of them in any jurisdiction.

As amended by the Board by Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2002, which amended the Plan to conform the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.8(b) with the vesting schedule in the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

As amended by the Board by Amendment No. 2, effective as of March 1, 2001, which amended Section 3.5 of the Plan to make it consistent with the Plan’s administrative procedures.

As amended by the Board by Amendment No. 3, effective on November 1, 2005, which amended Sections 1.31 and 1.45 of the Plan to establish a uniform method for vesting the Company matching contributions allocated to Participants’ accounts so as to facilitate the calculation and remittance of employment taxes thereon.

27




Appendix A

 

Mountainview Thoroughbred Racing Association

Penn National Turf Club, Inc.

PNGI Charles Town Gaming, LLC

PNGI Charles Town Food & Beverage, LLC

BTN, Inc.

BSL, Inc.

The Downs Racing, Inc.

 

28



Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Penn National Gaming, Inc.

Name of Subsidiary

 

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Penn National Gaming, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

Bangor Acquisition Corp.

 

Delaware

Bangor Historic Track, Inc.

 

Maine

BSL, Inc.

 

Mississippi

BTN, Inc.

 

Mississippi

CHC Casinos Canada Limited

 

Nova Scotia

CHC Casinos Corp.

 

Florida

CHC (Ontario) Supplies Limited

 

Nova Scotia

CRC Holdings, Inc.

 

Florida

Casino Rama Services, Inc.

 

Ontario

Hollywood Casino Corporation

 

Delaware

HWCC—Tunica, Inc.

 

Texas

Hollywood Casino—Aurora, Inc.

 

Illinois

Louisiana Casino Cruises, Inc.

 

Louisiana

Mountainview Thoroughbred Racing Association

 

Pennsylvania

PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited Liability Company

 

West Virginia

PNGI Charles Town Food & Beverage Limited Liability Company

 

West Virginia

Penn Bullpen, Inc.

 

Colorado

Penn Bullwhackers, Inc.

 

Colorado

Penn National GSFR, LLC

 

Delaware

Penn National Holding Company

 

Delaware

Pennsylvania National Turf Club, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

Pennwood Racing, Inc.

 

Delaware

Argosy Gaming Company

 

Delaware

Alton Gaming Company

 

Illinois

The Indiana Gaming Company

 

Indiana

Indiana Gaming Holding Company

 

Indiana

Iowa Gaming Company

 

Iowa

Argosy of Iowa, Inc.

 

Iowa

The Missouri Gaming Company

 

Missouri

Empress Casino Joliet Corporation

 

Illinois

Indiana Gaming II, L.P.

 

Indiana

Indiana Gaming Company, L.P.

 

Indiana

Belle of Sioux City, L.P.

 

Iowa

Ohio Racing Company

 

Ohio

Raceway Park, Inc.

 

Ohio

Crazy Horses, Inc.

 

Ohio

 

 



Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 33-98640, 333-61684, 333-108173 and 333-125928) of our reports dated February 23, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and subsidiaries, Penn National Gaming Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Penn National Gaming, Inc., included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 23, 2007



Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Wyomissing, Pennsylvania

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-98640, 333-61684, 333-108173 and 333-125928) of Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries of our report dated March 7, 2006, relating to the consolidated financial statements which appear in this Form 10-K

/s/BDO Seidman, LLP
Philadlephia, Pennsylvania

February 23, 2007



Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Peter M. Carlino, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Penn National Gaming, Inc.;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2007

 

/s/ PETER M. CARLINO

 

Name:

Peter M. Carlino

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, William J. Clifford, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Penn National Gaming, Inc.;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2007

 

/s/ WILLIAM J. CLIFFORD

 

Name:

William J. Clifford

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 



EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of Penn National Gaming, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Peter M. Carlino, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that, to my knowledge:

1.      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2.      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ PETER M. CARLINO

 

Peter M. Carlino

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

March 1, 2007

 



EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002,
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of Penn National Gaming, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William J. Clifford, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that, to my knowledge:

1.      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2.      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ WILLIAM J. CLIFFORD

 

William J. Clifford

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 1, 2007

 



Exhibit 99.1

Description of Governmental Regulations

General

The ownership and operation of our gaming and racing facilities are subject to pervasive regulation under the laws and regulations of each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Gaming laws are generally based upon declarations of public policy designed to protect gaming consumers and the viability and integrity of the gaming industry. Gaming laws also may be designed to protect and maximize state and local revenues derived through taxes and licensing fees imposed on gaming industry participants as well as to enhance economic development and tourism. To accomplish these public policy goals, gaming laws establish procedures to ensure that participants in the gaming industry meet certain standards of character and fitness. In addition, gaming laws require gaming industry participants to:

·                                          Establish procedures designed to prevent cheating and fraudulent practices;

·                                          Establish and maintain responsible accounting practices and procedures;

·                                          Maintain effective controls over their financial practices, including establishment of minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues;

·                                          Maintain systems for reliable record keeping;

·                                          File periodic reports with gaming regulators;

·                                          Ensure that all contracts and financial transactions are commercially reasonable, reflect fair market value and are arms-length transactions; and

·                                          Establish programs to promote responsible gaming.

Typically, a state regulatory environment is established by statute and is administered by a regulatory agency with broad discretion to regulate the affairs of owners, managers, and persons with financial interests in gaming operations. Among other things, gaming authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate:

·                                          Adopt rules and regulations under the implementing statutes;

·                                          Interpret and enforce gaming laws;

·                                          Impose disciplinary sanctions for violations, including fines and penalties;

·                                          Review the character and fitness of participants in gaming operations and make determinations regarding their suitability or qualification for licensure;

·                                          Grant licenses for participation in gaming operations;

·                                          Collect and review reports and information submitted by participants in gaming operations;

·                                          Review and approve transactions, such as acquisitions or change-of-control transactions of gaming industry participants, securities offerings and debt transactions engaged in by such participants; and

·                                          Establish and collect fees and taxes.

Any change in the laws or regulations of a gaming jurisdiction could have a material adverse effect on our gaming operations.

Licensing and Suitability Determinations

Gaming laws require us, each of our subsidiaries engaged in gaming operations, certain of our directors, officers and employees, and in some cases, certain of our shareholders and holders of our debt securities, to obtain licenses from gaming authorities. Licenses typically require a determination that the applicant qualifies or is suitable to hold the license. Gaming authorities have very broad discretion in determining whether an applicant qualifies for licensing or should be deemed suitable. Criteria used in determining whether to grant a license to conduct gaming operations, while varying between jurisdictions, generally include consideration of factors such as:

·                                          The financial stability, integrity and responsibility of the applicant, including whether the operation is adequately capitalized in the state and exhibits the ability to maintain adequate insurance levels;

·                                          The quality of the applicant’s casino facilities;

·                                          The amount of revenue to be derived by the applicable state from the operation of the applicant’s casino;

·                                          The applicant’s practices with respect to minority hiring and training; and

·                                          The effect on competition and general impact on the community.

In evaluating individual applicants, gaming authorities consider the individual’s business experience and reputation for good character, the individual’s criminal history and the character of those with whom the individual associates.




Many gaming jurisdictions limit the number of licenses granted to operate casinos within the state, and some states limit the number of licenses granted to any one gaming operator. Licenses under gaming laws are generally not transferable. Licenses in most of the jurisdictions in which we conduct gaming operations are granted for limited durations and require renewal from time to time. Our management agreement through which we operate Casino Rama extends until 2011, with the Province of Ontario possessing the option to extend the agreement for two successive periods of five years each. There can be no assurance that any of our licenses will be renewed or that our management agreement in Ontario will be extended beyond 2011. The failure to renew any of our licenses or to obtain an extension to our management agreement in Ontario could have a material adverse effect on our gaming operations.  In addition, Iowa law requires that a qualified nonprofit organization hold the gaming license. At Argosy Casino Sioux City, we are the operator of the property. We own the assets (other than the land) and we manage the facility for Missouri River Historical Development, Inc. (the licensed nonprofit organization).

In addition to us and our direct and indirect subsidiaries engaged in gaming operations, gaming authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to or material involvement with, any of these entities to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business associate of a gaming licensee. Our officers, directors and certain key employees must file applications with the gaming authorities and may be required to be licensed, qualify or be found suitable in many jurisdictions. Gaming authorities may deny an application for licensing for any cause which they deem reasonable. Qualification and suitability determinations require submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant must pay all the costs of the investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to gaming authorities and in addition to their authority to deny an application for licensure, qualification or a finding of suitability, gaming authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position.

If one or more gaming authorities were to find that an officer, director or key employee fails to qualify or is unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with us, we would be required to sever all relationships with such person. In addition, gaming authorities may require us to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications.

Moreover, in many jurisdictions, certain of our stockholders or holders of our debt securities may be required to undergo a suitability investigation similar to that described above. Many jurisdictions require any person who acquires beneficial ownership of more than a certain percentage of our voting securities, typically 5%, to report the acquisition to gaming authorities, and gaming authorities may require such holders to apply for qualification or a finding of suitability. Most gaming authorities, however, allow an “institutional investor” to apply for a waiver. An “institutional investor” is generally defined as an investor acquiring and holding voting securities in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor, and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of our board of directors, any change in our corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations, or those of any of our gaming affiliates, or the taking of any other action which gaming authorities find to be inconsistent with holding our voting securities for investment purposes only. Even if a waiver is granted, an institutional investor generally may not take any action inconsistent with its status when the waiver was granted without once again becoming subject to the foregoing reporting and application obligations.

Generally, any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within the prescribed period after being advised it is required by gaming authorities may be denied a license or found unsuitable, as applicable. Any stockholder found unsuitable or denied a license and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of our voting securities beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the applicable gaming authorities may be guilty of a criminal offense. Furthermore, we may be subject to disciplinary action if, after we receive notice that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any other relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries, we: (i) pay that person any dividend or interest upon our voting securities; (ii) allow that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person; (iii) pay remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or (iv) fail to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his voting securities including, if necessary, the immediate purchase of said voting securities for cash at fair market value.

The gaming jurisdictions in which we operate also require that suppliers of certain goods and services to gaming industry participants be licensed and require us to purchase and lease gaming equipment, supplies and services only from licensed suppliers.

Violations of Gaming Laws

If we or our subsidiaries violate applicable gaming laws, our gaming licenses could be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked by gaming authorities, and we and any other persons involved could be subject to substantial fines. Further, a supervisor or conservator can be appointed by gaming authorities to operate our gaming properties, or in some jurisdictions, take title to our gaming assets in the jurisdiction, and under certain circumstances, earnings generated during such appointment could be forfeited to the applicable state or states. Furthermore, violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions. As a result, violations by us of applicable gaming laws could have a material adverse effect on our gaming operations.




Some gaming jurisdictions prohibit certain types of political activity by a gaming licensee, its officers, directors and key people. A violation of such a prohibition may subject the offender to criminal and/or disciplinary action.

Reporting and Record-keeping Requirements

We are required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports and furnish any other information about us and our subsidiaries which gaming authorities may require. Under federal law, we are required to record and submit detailed reports of currency transactions involving greater than $10,000 at our casinos as well as any suspicious activity that may occur at such facilities. We are required to maintain a current stock ledger which may be examined by gaming authorities at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to gaming authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. Gaming authorities may require certificates for our securities to bear a legend indicating that the securities are subject to specified gaming laws.

Review and Approval of Transactions

Substantially all material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions by us and our subsidiaries must be reported to and in some cases approved by gaming authorities. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries may make a public offering of securities without the prior approval of certain gaming authorities. Changes in control through merger, consolidation, stock or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or otherwise are subject to receipt of prior approval of gaming authorities. Entities seeking to acquire control of us or one of our subsidiaries must satisfy gaming authorities with respect to a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control. Gaming authorities may also require controlling stockholders, officers, directors and other persons having a material relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process relating to the transaction.

Because of regulatory restrictions, our ability to grant a security interest in any of our gaming assets is limited and subject to receipt of prior approval by gaming authorities.

License Fees and Gaming Taxes

We pay substantial license fees and taxes in many jurisdictions, including some of the counties and cities in which our operations are conducted, in connection with our casino gaming operations, computed in various ways depending on the type of gaming or activity involved. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable with varying frequency. License fees and taxes are based upon such factors as:

·                                          a percentage of the gross gaming revenues received;

·                                          the number of gaming devices and table games operated; and

·                                          admission fees for customers boarding our riverboat casinos.

In many jurisdictions, gaming tax rates are graduated such that they increase as gross gaming revenues increase. Furthermore, tax rates are subject to change, sometimes with little notice, and such changes could have a material adverse effect on our gaming operations.

In addition to taxes specifically unique to gaming, we are required to pay all other applicable taxes.

Operational Requirements

In most jurisdictions, we are subject to certain requirements and restrictions on how we must conduct our gaming operations. In many states, we are required to give preference to local suppliers and include minority and women-owned businesses as well as organized labor in construction projects to the maximum extent practicable as well as in general vendor business activity. Similarly, we may be required to give employment preference to minorities, women and in-state residents in certain jurisdictions.

Some gaming jurisdictions also prohibit a distribution, except to allow for the payment of taxes, if the distribution would impair the financial viability of the gaming operation. Moreover, many jurisdictions require a gaming operation to maintain insurance and post bonds in amounts determined by their gaming authority.

In addition, our ability to conduct certain types of games, introduce new games or move existing games within our facilities may be restricted or subject to regulatory review and approval. Some of our operations are subject to restrictions on the number of gaming positions we may have and the maximum wagers allowed to be placed by our customers.

In Maine, we are a party to a development agreement with the City of Bangor which requires that either we or an alternative developer construct a hotel when gaming revenues at the Bangor facility exceed $60 million in a calendar year.




In Mississippi, we are required to include a 500 car parking facility in close proximity to each casino complex and infrastructure facilities that will amount to at least twenty five percent of the casino cost. This requirement has recently been increased for any new casinos in Mississippi.

In Pennsylvania, the holder of a Category 1 license will be required to create a fund to be used for the improvement and maintenance of the backside area of the racetrack. A Category 1 licensee must deposit into the fund $5,000,000 over the initial five year period of the license and an amount not less than $250,000 or more than $1,000,000 annually for the five years thereafter.

Riverboat Casinos

In addition to all other regulations generally applicable to the gaming industry generally, our riverboat casinos are also subject to regulations applicable to vessels operating on navigable waterways, including regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard. These requirements set limits on the operation of the vessel, mandate that it must be operated by a minimum complement of licensed personnel, establish periodic inspections, including the physical inspection of the outside hull, and establish other mechanical and operations rules. In addition, the riverboat casinos may be subject to future U.S. Coast Guard regulations designed to increase homeland security which could affect some of our properties and require significant expenditures to bring such properties into compliance.

Racetracks

We conduct horse racing operations at our thoroughbred racetracks in Charles Town, West Virginia and Grantville, Pennsylvania, at our harness racetracks in Bangor, Maine and Toledo, Ohio. We also have a 50% ownership interest in a harness racetrack in Freehold, New Jersey through a joint venture agreement. In Pennsylvania we operate six off track wagering facilities and conduct account wagering operations. We currently operate video lottery terminals at the Charles Town, West Virginia racetrack and anticipate slot machine operations to be conducted at the Grantville, Pennsylvania racetrack pursuant to recently enacted legislation by the end of the first quarter of 2008. We also conduct slot operations in Bangor, Maine at a temporary facility located near the racetrack. Generally, our slot operations at racetracks are regulated in the same manner as our gaming operations in other jurisdictions. In some jurisdictions, our ability to conduct gaming operations may be conditioned on the maintenance of agreements or certain arrangements with horsemen’s or labor groups.

Regulations governing our horse racing operations are administered separately from the regulations governing gaming operations, with separate licenses and license fee structures. The racing authorities responsible for regulating our racing operations have broad oversight authority, which may include: annually reviewing and granting racing licenses and racing dates; approving the opening and operation of off track wagering facilities; approving simulcasting activities; licensing all officers, directors, racing officials and certain other employees of a racing licensee; and approving all contracts entered into by a racing licensee affecting racing, pari-mutuel wagering, account wagering and off track wagering operations.